Home

Honeywell UDA2182 User's Manual

1. Monitor 2 Monitor 2 Any Monitor 2 configuration See Table 6 9 for Monitor configuration Monitor 3 Monitor 3 Any Monitor 3 configuration See Table 6 9 for Monitor configuration Monitor 4 Monitor 4 Any Monitor 4 configuration See Table 6 9 for Monitor configuration Logic 1 Logic 1 Any Logic 1 configuration See Table 6 11 for Logic configuration Logic 2 Logic 2 Any Logic 2 configuration See Table 6 11 for Logic configuration Logic 3 Logic 3 Any Logic 3 configuration See Table 6 11 for Logic configuration Logic 4 Logic 4 Any Logic 4 configuration See Table 6 11 for Logic configuration Digital In 1 Digital Input 1 Digital Input 1 signal from Option Board must be installed Digital In 2 Digital Input 2 Digital Input 2 signal from Option Board must be installed In 1 Hold In 1 Hold Input is in Hold This condition occurs either by pushing the HOLD button on the front panel or when an Auto Cycle is being run In 2 Hold In 2 Hold In 1 Fault Input 1 Fault Input open conditions An input board disconnect while powered results in an input fault condition and allows an alarm to be triggered In 2 Fault Input 2 Fault 60 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Out 1 Fault Output 1 Fault Out 2 Fault Output 2 Fault Out 3 Fault Output 3 Fault Hold Hold Output open conditions This allows an alarm to be triggered if the respective 4 20 mA output opens Engages Hold o
2. Relay 1 Physical State White De energized Va Black Energized Relay 3 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Solution Temperature Compensation PV1 Output 3 Bargraph Output 1 Bargraph i Output 2 Bargraph Solution Temperature Compensation PV2 j Probe PV 2 Fault Relay 4 Physical State White De energized PV2 Value Diagnostics or Alarm Message Black Energized On the display the bargraphs are the outputs in Engineering Units the corner annunciators are the physical relay states Relay 2 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Figure 5 2 Example Two Input Display Single Displays For single displays on a two input unit Press lt gt to display a single display for Input 1 Press gt again to display a single display for Input 2 Press 4 again to return to a Dual Display January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 25 Operating the Analyzer 5 6 PID Displays Overview When PID 1 or 2 is active there is a display screen for each There is a sub screen that allows editing of the Setpoint value Setpoint Source Control Mode and Output value You can also enable or disable Accutune and Tune Set Selecting Control Display Press until you see the PID Display screen If PID 1 and 2 have been configured press DISPLAY again
3. Output Level 1 Off default Output action occurs when the Enter key is Output Level 2 0 pressed to accept selection Output Level 3 25 een as Actual output current is consistent with selected 75 current range of 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 100 Low Limit High Limit Relay 1 State Off default Relay state action occurs when the Enter key is Relay 2 State Energized pressed to accept selection Relay 3 State De energized Relay 4 State ATTENTION Upgrading software on the UDA2182 to a new version will remove PID control on units where PID has been ordered or been added in the Field Therefore the following steps need to be followed in order to retrieve that option If PID was ordered when the unit was originally ordered e Retrieve your Unit ID by going to the MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu e Call GTS 1 800 423 9883 Inform them that you are going to do a software upgrade and you need the Option ID for your unit this is why you need the Unit ID e Record Option ID for next step e After upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and enter the recorded OPTION ID value The PID will have to be reconfigured to settings prior to upgrade If PID was added after the unit was originally shipped e Before upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and record the OPTION ID value e After upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and enter the recorded OP
4. c ccsceeseeeneeees 17 Preamplifier Input Option ccceeeceeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeees 6 Precision Check Resistor ccccccceeeeeeeeeees 196 213 Pressure Calibration ccccccssseeeseeeeeeseteeeeees 163 Pressure Calibration Method ccceseeeeeeeeeee 168 Pressure TVP ess lt c2 sss igesatstegeseaa cede sdeaczes sens agdestaaadeceas 71 Probe Bias Scan i 2 essesehilenn nities 171 Probe Calibration Diagnostics c ceceeeeeeeeeeee 190 Probe Current Too High csccessceeeeeeeeeeeeeneetens 190 Probe Current Too LOW ccccsseeeeeeteeeeesteeeeeees 191 Probe Current Too LOW ccecssseeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeees 190 Probe Extract Timeout ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Probe Insert Tim Out cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Probe PVN Fault isccccnd diacetate ean 189 Probe Temp N Fault eeceesesseeseseeeeeesneeeeeees 189 Probe ransitvesccn5 8 fcc ch bei desis eal 30 Procedure for Calibrating Analyzer Outputs 178 Procedure for Calibrating the Temperature Inputs 183 186 Process Instrument Explorer Software 47 Process Variable Source 81 93 Process Variable Values 0 ceeseeeeseseeeeeenneeeeeenees 24 Proportional P ceessceeessseeeeesseeeeeeneeeeesneeeeseneeees 91 Proportional Band PB eeseeeseseeeeeeneeeeeeneeees 96 PTS OVERRANGE 2 8 h ideale 190 PTS UNDERRANGE ecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee
5. Power Mode Manual default Mode permitted at power up Last Power Out Failsafe default Output at Power up Last FAILSAFE Failsafe output value LAST Same as at power down Failsafe Out 5 00 to 105 00 Failsafe Output Value The Output value to default 0 00 which the analyzer will go if there is a power down or Failsafe condition Input Faults Manual Select Any Digital Signal Selects Manual Output See Table 6 4 SP Power On Setpoint at Power up Last LAST Same as at power down Local SP default Local SP Local Setpoint value RSP Source Any Analog Signal Selects the analog signal that will be used as See Table 6 3 the remote setpoint The remote setpoint should be supplied in PV engineering units Ratio 1 0 Default Ratio that is applied to the Remote Setpoint 20 to 20 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 95 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Bias 0 0 Default Bias that is applied to the Remote Setpoint 9999 to 99999 RSP Select Monitor 1 4 When this input is ON the Remote Setpoint is Logic 1 4 used If set to None the operator can select Digital In 1 2 the remote setpoint from the PID operator display FF Source Any Analog Signal Feed Forward value that is applied to the See Table 6 3 output A change in the feed forward
6. Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range of Parameter Definition selection Setting Password 0000 default to 9999 Setup configuration calibration and maintenance functions can be password protected The AAAA to 2222 password can be any number between 1 and 9999 or letters When the password is zero the operator will not be prompted to enter a password Follow the General Rules for Editing to change the digits Unit ID Unit Identification Read Only Option ID Option ID Number 0 if PID is not available ID Number if PID available See note at end of table PID Control 1 Loop Enables the PID Control configuration 2 Loops default Parameters See note at end of table Unit Reset No default Unit Reset initializes all calibration and Yes configuration data to factory default values with the exception of the Factory Temperature Calibration correction values Inputs Input 1 Type Read Only pH ORP pH or Oxidation Reduction Potential Input 2 Type pH Preamp pH with preamplifier Conductivity Dual if both inputs same DO ppm Dissolved Oxygen DO ppb Dissolved Oxygen January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 109 Configuration Sub menu selection Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition Cond Units Type NIST default ISO The NIST system of conductivity measurement uses units of centimeters and in the UDA are specifically uS cm and mS cm for conductivi
7. PV Type ORP in the Inputs configuration Table 6 5 Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 8 6 Procedure for Calibrating ORP System Using a Reference Solution Step Action Screen 1 Calibrate o7 5 7 uile Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AY ito select Input PV Cal 2 PV INPUT CAL Press In 2 Conduc Cal Use AV to select Input 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal 3 IN 1 pH ORP Cal Press Sample Cal ORP Offset Reset ORP Offset 152 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 Put the unit in Hold mode Remove the electrode from the process Rinse the electrode thoroughly with distilled or de ionized water g Press 6 Follow the prompts at the top Place probe in Sample and bottom of the screen The display will show the Oxidation Reduction Potential of the reference solution as measured by the electrode system Press Enter when stable 7 Once the reading is stable Change to Sample value Use AY to change the value to Press match the actual oxidation reduction potential of the reference solution at its current temperature Enter to save Exit to cancel 8 This will standardize the unit Press 9 Take the unit out of Hold and return to the calibration menu 10 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages me
8. calibration menu will again be displayed Return the cell to the process Repeat the operation for the other cell 9 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the Refer to Table 12 2 screen January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 161 Input Calibration 8 7 6 Resetting Calibration Trim If the calibration is suspect you can reset the Calibration Trim and calibrate again In the same screen as Sample Cal use the AV keys to highlight Reset Trim IN2 Conduc Cal Sample Cal Cal Trim Figure 8 3 Resetting Calibration Trim Press ENTER The Calibration Trim will be reset to 1 00 default 162 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 7 7 Cation pH Calibration The UDA allows for a sample calibration of the specific or influent pH value Here an independent sample is withdrawn from the sampling equipment and pH is determined with equipment of known accuracy This independent pH value is then entered into the UDA as a pH calibration constant Recommended where pH is stable or for high purity water applications This method is recommended only where the pH is stable and changes very slowly It is also recommended for high purity water measurement applications Special instructions for high purity water applications are provided below Materials To use the sampl
9. 0 000 Alm 2 SP2 Type Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Type Setpoint 1 No Alarm default Alm 2 SP2 Value 99999 to 99999 Alarm 2 Setpoint 2 Value default 0 000 Alm Hysteresis 0 to 100 Alarm Hysteresis an adjustable overlap of default 0 00 the ON OFF states of each alarm January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 99 Configuration 6 15 Auto Cycling Configuration 6 15 1 Overview Auto cycling provides automated timing control and functionality for the cleaning and calibration of input probes Each input PV has a dedicated auto cycle function block The input board type and in the case of pH the PV type determines the level of auto cycling capability as indicated below Input Board Type Auto Cycle Operation Preamp pH Rinse Auto Buffer Cal 1 zero offset Auto Buffer Cal 2 slope pH ORP PV Type not Rinse Auto Buffer Cal 1 Auto Buffer Cal 2 ORP pH ORP PV type is ORP Rinse Only Conductivity Rinse Only DO ppm Rinse Auto Air Cal DO ppb Rinse Auto Air Cal Auto cycling is supported with setup menus status displays and operational displays Section 5 7 as well as event Section 5 11 and calibration history logging Section 11 6 15 2 Accessing Auto Cycle Menu e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AY keys to select Auto Cycling then press to enter the sub menu Auto Cycle 1 or Auto Cycle 2 e Press Y to highlight the desired menu select
10. Hydrazine Morpholine Ethanolamine Aminomethylpropanol Methoxypropylamine 4 aminobutanol 5 aminopentanol Diaminopropane Cyclohexylamine Methylamine Dimethylamine 1 5 diaminopentane Piperidine Pyrrolidine This generic selection employs ammonia temperature compensation and optimizes pH calculation for these base reagents UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Note The relationship between the electrolytic conductivity and the pH of ammonia and amines is well established in the technical literature It must be understood that the UDA was designed for accurate results over the pH range of 8 to 10 5 based on ammonia or amine chemistries Other chemistries such as phosphate or systems that employ alternative anions such as borate cannot be expected to realize results with similar accuracy Standardization for cations The UDA allows for a sample calibration of the cation pH value Here an independent sample is withdrawn from the sampling equipment and pH is determined with equipment of known accuracy This independent pH value is then entered into the UDA as a pH calibration constant To avoid process pH changes during standardization it is very desirable to complete the sample extraction independent measurement and UDA update as soon as possible 5 9 4 Calibration For Calibration procedure refer to Section 8 7 7 Cation pH Calibration 5 9 5 CO by Degassed Conductivit
11. Inputs and Outputs Wiring Durafet Il Cable shield yellow Wire Signal to chassis ground screw Color Name Green Green with Black stripe Blue Orange Red Black Remove pre wired jumper at terminals 5 amp 6 White with Black stripe Orange with Black stripe White Red with Black stripe Figure 7 3 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 121 Inputs and Outputs Wiring Glass Meredian Il Wire Signal Color Name Orange Reference White with Black stripe K Guard Clear center conductor of coax ls Glass or ORP Jumper White R5 RTH Low White RJ4 RTH High Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 4 Terminal Designations for Meredian Il Electrode Wire Signal Color Name Orange 110 Reference Black pigtail of Coax Ajs Guard Center conductor of Coax ARs Glass or ORP Jumper Green R5 RTH Low Red RTH High Cable shield Violet to chassis ground screw Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 5 Terminal Designations for Meredian Il Electrode with Quick Disconnect 122 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring ORP January 2009 Cable shield Yel
12. Low Dissolved Oxygen One symptom of the need for cleaning is a low dissolved oxygen reading The UDA2182 dissolved oxygen analyzer can be configured to execute a cleaning cycle if the measured dissolved oxygen falls below a user selected value An alarm can be configured to alert you if the cleaning fails to restore the dissolved oxygen to a higher level The alarm will indicate either a true decrease in dissolved oxygen concentration or unsuccessful cleaning January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 231 Appendices ADO Analyzer Drive ANR Pressurized Cleaning Medium Figure 15 9 Auto Clean Setup 232 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices Automatic Calibration of ppb Dissolved Oxygen Probe A typical set up for automatic calibration in a boiler water sampling system is shown in Figure 15 10 The solenoid valve and connections should be supplied by others and must be positively air tight to prevent leakage and erroneous measurements The solenoid valve is wired to assigned relay contacts in the UDA2182 analyzer and will operate at a frequency and for duration as assigned by the end user Vent Probe Flow Chamber Sanple In To Drain Figure 15 10 Auto Cal Setup January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 233 Index 15 17 Appendix P AutoClean and AutoCal Theory and Piping Overview Periodic calibration of pH elect
13. Press AY to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 19 Communication Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting IR Front Port Reset Off default When enabled Port Reset initializes the IR Panel Enable Interface Mode Enable default Enable allows IR to work anytime No IR Setup address required and on any front panel screen Address Setup IR only works when the front panel is in Disable a setup screen This will allow the IR interface to be password protected if a password is configured No IR address required Address The UDA s IR address must be used to communicate to the UDA Disable The UDA will not respond to any request on the IR interface Modbus Word Swap Yes default Word Swap lets you set the word order for No Modbus communications YES sets the order to Big Endian format NO sets the order to Little Endian format RS485 Port Reset Off default Enable selection resets the Communication card Enable It should be enabled when the Address or Baud Rate or both are changed 106 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Address 0 to 999 default 0 Mod
14. Start Source In 1 2 Hold Out 1 3 Fault Hold Pharma 1 2 Fail Pharma 1 2 Warn PID 1 Alarm 1 2 PID 2 Alarm 1 2 Auto Cycle 1 Extract Rinse Cal PT1 Cal PT2 Fail Auto Cycle 2 Extract Rinse Cal PT1 Cal PT2 Fail Input 1 2 Cal Output 1 3 Cal DgtlVar 1 4 58 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Table 6 3 Analog Signal Sources Analog Signal Description Definition Input 1 PV Input 1 Process PV Source selection Variable Input 2 PV Input 2 Process PV Source selection Variable Input 1 Temp Input 1 Temperature Input 1 Temperature Selection Input 2 Temp Input 2 Temperature Input 2 Temperature Selection Pharma Out 1 Pharmacopoeia Output 1 Input 1 Pharmacopia 1 Output for Conductivity percent of USP stage limit Output 100 pv in uScm USP stage limit Valid for Conductivity Input Pharma Out 2 Pharmacopoeia Input 2 Pharmacopia 2 Output percent of USP stage limit Output 2 Output 100 pvin uScm USP stage limit Valid for Conductivity Input Math 1 Math 1 Math 2 Math 2 Math selections can be connected to any Input PV secondary variable Temperature or Calculated Value Math blocks include Math 3 Math 3 scaling for the linear selection only Math 4 Math 4 See Table 6 10 for Math Configuration Func Gen 1 Function Generator 1 Generates an output characteristic curve based on up to 11 i configurable data po
15. and are used A difference kind of diagnostic can be provided by a precision check resistor in place of one cell to give continuous Analyzer Controller checking at one value Also see 15 11 Appendix J Discussion on Chemical Interferences on Measured DO Currents UDA2182 ANALYZER OUTPUTSIGNAL DIFFERENCE ALARM CELL1 ELL2 PROCESS __ jim ane Parts Rinsing Parts rinsing is usually controlled by conductivity to obtain adequate rinsing without wasting excess water whether a single stage or a counter current series of tanks The two cell ratio approach can determine whether inadequate rinsing is due to low flowrate or due to poor supply water quality CELL2 CELLI1 lt PARTSFLOW el a Conductivity Ratio Celie Typical Ratio Range is 0 1 to 1 e January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 213 Appendices Softener Monitor Softener monitoring by conductivity ratio gives a continuous indication of performance Sodium is typically more conductive than the hardness minerals it displaces yielding a higher conductivity at the outlet A ratio approaching indicates that hardness ions are breaking through and that regeneration is needed HARD WATER SUPPLY _ cL SELI SOFT TREATED WATER Softering Ratio a Typical Ratio Range is 1 to 125 e Steam Power Measurements The three conductivity measurements in power plants relate to wat
16. 8 6 4 Viewing and Resetting ORP Offset If the calibration is suspect you can reset the ORP Offset and calibrate again In the same screen as Sample Cal use the AV keys to highlight Reset ORP Offset IN 1 pH ORP Cal Sample Cal ORP Offset Read only Reset ORP Offset Figure 8 2 Resetting ORP Offset Press ENTER The ORP Offset will be reset to 0 000 default 156 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 7 Conductivity Calibration 8 7 1 Introduction Each type of cell has an associated cell constant entered during Configuration setup see Section 6 6 This number is part of the cell model number However for greater precision every Honeywell cell is individually tested at the factory and a calibration factor unique to that cell is determined The cal factor for a cell can be found on the plastic tag hanging from the cell lead wires Instructions for entering this cell cal factor are in Section 6 6 The UDA automatically uploads the Cal Factor from Honeywell DL4XXX type cells This value is displayed in the Setup menu For some conductivity applications even greater accuracy is required For those applications it is possible to perform a calibration trim procedure The Analyzer s reading can be adjusted while the associated cell is measuring a reference solution of known conductivity as described in Table 8 9 The same procedure can be used to adjust the Analyzer
17. Accessing Relays M nu ccccccssscceeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 75 Basic Configuration Procedure ccssseeseeeees 55 Accessing the Main Calibration Menu and sub menus Bid Sh aa E aat 63 65 71 95 E PE R ANETE 135 176 183 186 Bias Constant ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeiees 63 65 70 71 Accessing the Main Menu seeren 52 BiaS SCAMM Seis ciee5 scp A ET 169 Accessing the terminals essceesseeeeesneeeeeeees 115 Block Diagram oo eeeeceeesseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenenerseaaes 51 ACCOSSOMOS icoanei aae ea deaa Ea 194 BreakpoiNts iiime eaa 88 AC UNE o eiea Gita Mae 96 Buffer Span Too LOW c ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 191 Air Calibration ysicas csces devine tevlienehantiseieee ia 163 Buffer Span Too LOW c ceeceseeeeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeee 190 Air Calibration Method eecceeeeeseeesseeeeeeeeenees 164 Buffering Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes 142 Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Type eeceeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 98 Alarm Conditions ccccsccceeeeeeeeeseseeeeesseeeesnaees 189 C Alarm Hysteresis cccccccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeesenneeeees 98 Ca Fae OE a les 67 154 Alarm 1 iS ACtiVE ecceeceeeesceceeeeeeeeesneeeessteeeeseaees 189 Cal Factor Overrange cccccsccceesseeeeeesseeeeseeeeess 190 Alarm Status e a e e ie a rara aaa aare sedan hs tae 41 Cal Factor Underrange cccccsssccessssseeeeeseeees 190 Alarm type miniin osaten 81 82 Gale Value Shiti aves ctl eh
18. Austria Honeywell Austria GmbH Phone 43 316 400123 FAX 43 316 40017 Belgium Honeywell SA NV Phone 32 0 2 728 24 07 FAX 32 0 2 728 22 45 Honeywell Process Solutions Honeywell 2500 W Union Hill Drive Phoenix Arizona 85027 www honeywell com ps Bulgaria Honeywell EOOD Phone 359 2 40 20 900 FAX 359 2 40 20 990 Czech Republic Honeywell spol s r o Phone 420 242 442 232 FAX 420 242 442 131 Denmark Honeywell A S Phone 45 39 55 55 55 FAX 45 39 55 55 58 Finland Honeywell OY Phone 358 0 20752 2753 FAX 358 0 20752 2751 France Honeywell SA Phone 33 0 1 60198075 FAX 33 0 1 60198201 Germany Honeywell AG Phone 49 69 8064 299 FAX 49 69 806497336 Hungary Honeywell Kft Phone 36 1 451 4300 FAX 36 1 451 4343 Italy Honeywell S p A Phone 390292146307 FAX 39 0292146377 The Netherlands Honeywell B V Phone 31 0 20 5656200 FAX 31 0 20 5656210 Norway Honeywell A S Phone 45 39 55 55 55 Poland Honeywell Sp zo o Phone 48 22 6060900 FAX 48 22 6060901 Portugal Honeywell Portugal Lda Phone 351 21 424 5000 FAX 351 21 424 50 99 Romania Honeywell Bucharest Phone 40 0 21 2316437 FAX 40 0 21 2316439 Russian Federation RF ZAO Honeywell Phone 7 095 796 98 00 FAX 7 495 797 99 64 Slovak Republic Honeywell s r o Phone 421 2 58247 410 FAX 421 2 58247 415 Spain Hone
19. Integral Time ccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaees 97 Reset 2na erto aaor se aE ea ye aa aaa ieee ets 97 Resetting Calibration Trim 159 Resetting ORP Offset eceecesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 153 Resetting Output 1 Offsets ceeeeeeeeeeeeetees 181 Resetting pH Offset eeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 162 Resetting pH Offset and Standardization pH Slope py Me tocStlel dla a eels Soke a ool eer 147 Resetting Pressure Offset or Bias Volts 174 Resetting temperature offset ee eeeeeeeeees 185 resume delay seccsserasccvieevede e ntre 102 Resume Dly MINS i iii iiaeia 30 Rinse Cycle CNi asri sieanieier peisea rae tsrs niione eii 30 Rinse MS a esea aerae ea Doar eE OEE eie E iE 30 RS422 RS485 Modbus RTU Slave Communications InterfaCe etenean eende EEREN ERA 6 S Safety Compliance ceceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeesteeeeneees 7 Safety precaution eceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeneees 16 113 Salinity PPr mesere suchen a e ask Macc eea aaa ao Seira 71 Salinity Type cnoi a ees 71 Sample Calibration ecceesceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneees 163 Sample Calibration Method cee 166 Sample Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes 145 Sample Method of Calibrating Cation pH 160 Sample Tap Electrode Mounting Recommendations PE EA E aac Mactan E E ee teh Dito 226 Saturation ast rcieivir ks aie ietisterk ae iia ai a 70 Sequencer Steps for Auto Cycle eee 32 35 SOhlaliPOMMe
20. Measured solution 99999 00 conductivity value scaled for 100 default 10 000 Pharma PV Low 99999 00 to Pharma PV Low Value Measured solution 99999 00 conductivity value scaled for 0 default 0 000 Pharm Tmr Mins 000 0 to 120 0 Pharma Timer Minutes If the Pharma sample does default not pass the Stage 1 conductivity requirement a Fail 10 000 signal is generated then the State 2 and Stage 3 tests are conducted When the Stage 2 or Stage 3 test is successful the fail signal is cancelled and the Pharma Timer begins to count down from the configured minutes value set here When the Timer countdown is completed the Pharma function block returns to Stage 1 PV Bias 9999 00 to PV Bias Constant is used to compensate the input 9999 00 for drift of an input value default 0 000 Failsafe 0 0 to 2000 The output value to which the output will go to protect default against the effects of failure of the equipment 2000 000 Filter Time 0 to 120 0 A software digital filter is provided for dampening the default 0 000 process noise and is applied before the limit functions January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 71 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Input 1 or PV Type DO Sat The concentration of oxygen dissolved in water or Input 2 DO Concen other liquid may be described by either dissolved DO
21. available the source may be left at None and the extract step will occur for the duration of Probe Transit Mins Insert Wait Src None or Any Digital Allows selection of a specific Digital Signal Probe Transit Signal that causes a delay in the probe insertion Enabled See Table 6 4 sequence While the selective digital input is active the probe insertion will not end unless a timeout occurs as determined by the duration configured in Probe Transit Mins If a source is configured the timeout results in an Auto Cycle Fail If a digital signal is not available the source may be left at None and the extract step will occur for the duration of Probe Transit Mins Cycle Interval Off default Frequency of Auto Cycle occurrence Monthly Weekly Daily Custom Start Time Disable default Set specific time for Auto Cycle to start Enable Custom January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 101 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition and Restrictions selection of Setting Start Day 1 to 28 default 1 Cycle Interval is Monthly Dependent Sunday Saturday Cycle Interval is Weekly parameters default Sunday 1 to 31 default 1 Cycle Interval is Custom Start Time enabled Start Hour 0 to 23 Cycle Interval is Monthly Weekly Daily fault 12 Dependent eian parameters Start Mins 0 to 59 default 0 Cycle Interva
22. changed The signal goes TRUE when the 4ma Offset or 20ma Offset is being modified The signal goes FALSE when the value is entered DgtlVar 1 Digital Variable 1 Initial values of Digital Variable 1 applied at power on DgtlVar 2 Digital Variable 2 Initial values of Digital Variable 2 applied at power on DgtlVar 3 Digital Variable 3 Initial values of Digital Variable 3 applied at power on DgtlVar 4 Digital Variable 4 Initial values of Digital Variable 4 applied at power on 62 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 6 Inputs Configuration Overview This group lets you select pH ORP Preamp pH Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen Input type and the associated output parameters Accessing Inputs Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the 4V keys to select Inputs then press to enter the sub menus Input 1 and Input 2 Direct pH ORP Preamp pH Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen are available for selection Select PV type read the range select Temp Type Solution Temp Compensation Bias Failsafe and Filter Time For Dissolved Oxygen also select the Salinity type and Pressure type Press AY to highlight the desired menu selection then press Ente display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 5 Input Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range o
23. default oxygen DO concentration or percent saturation The units for DO are either parts per million PPM Dissolved equivalent to milligrams per liter or parts per billion Oxygen PPB equivalent to micrograms per liter The units of saturation are percent where 100 saturation is equivalent to the concentration of oxygen dissolved in air saturated water For instance at 25 C and one atmosphere pressure 8 24 ppm 100 saturation Although the ppm and ppb concentration units are the most frequently used units by far saturation may be appropriate for non aqueous liquids like vegetable oil PV Range 0 200 ppb Read Only displayable to 20000ppb 0 20 ppm 0 100 sat displayable to 200 sat Temp Type 50000 Therm 5000 Thermistor Default 10009 RTD 10009 Resistance Temperature Detector Manual Manual Temp Deg C or F 0 to 60 C Temp Deg F or C will appear depending on what Temp Type oF Temperature Unit was selected in Maintenance Manual 32 to 140 setup group parameter Temp Units Salinity Type Salinity is used to correct for salt in the process water Manual Manual default Conduc Input Valid only if conductivity board is present Salinity ppt 0 00 to parts per thousand as sodium chloride ee 40 00ppt Manual Salinity 0 0 No selection type only default 0 00 Pressure Type Manual Allows manual entry of atmospheric pressure compensation Sensor Internal sensor for atmospheric pressure defau
24. e A container for each large enough to immerse the electrode to measuring depth e Distilled or de ionized water to rinse the electrode Procedure Make sure you have selected PV Type pH Glass pH Durafet or pH HPW in the Inputs configuration Table 6 5 Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 145 Input Calibration Table 8 3 Procedure for Buffering Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes Step Action Screen 1 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AY to select Input PV Cal 2 PV INPUT CAL Press In 2 Conduc Cal Use AV to select Input 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal 3 Enter IN 1 pH ORP Cal Press Auto Ruffer Cal Sample Cal Buffer Group pH Offset pH Slope Reset pH Offset Reset pH Slope Use AV to select Buffer Cal 4 e Put the unit in Hold mode e Remove the electrode from the process e Rinse the electrode thoroughly with distilled or de ionized water 5 Standardization adjust Place probe in Buffer 1 instrument zero The display will show the pH of the buffer 1 solution as Press measured by the electrode system Follow the prompts at the top erase Enter when stable and bottom of the screen 146 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 6
25. honeywell com LATIN AMERICA Argentina Honeywell S A 1 C Phone 54 11 4383 3637 FAX 54 11 4325 6470 Brazil Honeywell do Brasil amp Cia Phone 55 11 7266 1900 FAX 55 11 7266 1905 Chile Honeywell Chile S A Phone 56 2 233 0688 FAX 56 2 231 6679 Mexico Honeywell S A de C V Phone 52 55 5259 1966 FAX 52 55 5570 2985 Puerto Rico Honeywell Inc Phone 809 792 7075 FAX 809 792 0053 Trinidad Honeywell Inc Phone 868 624 3964 FAX 868 624 3969 Venezuela Honeywell CA Phone 58 2 238 0211 FAX 58 2 238 3391 Honeywell 70 82 25 119 Rev 5 January 2009 2009 Honeywell International Inc
26. lt 50 Digital In 1 Digital In 2 Gain or Prop Band 2 0 1 to 1000 0 Gain or Prop Band2 for Tuning Set 2 Same as default 1 000 Gain or Prop Band Rate 2 0 035 to 10 000 Rate 2 for Tuning Set 2 Same as Rate default 0 000 Reset 2 0 02 to 50 Reset 2 for Tuning Set 2 Same as Reset default 1 000 Table 6 15 PID Alarms Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting PID 1 Alarms Alm 1 SP1 Type No Alarm default Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Type PID 2 Alarms PV High High PV Alarm PV gt Alm SP PV Low Low PV Alarm PV lt Arm SP Dev High High Deviation Alarm PV SP gt Alm SP Dev Low Low Deviation Alarm PV SP lt Alm SP SP High High Setpoint Alarm SP gt Alm SP SP Low Low Setpoint Alarm SP lt Alm SP Output High High Output Alarm Out gt Alm SP Output Low Low Output Alarm Out lt Alm SP Alm 1 SP1 Value 99999 to 99999 Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Value default 0 000 98 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Alm 1 SP2 Type Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Type Setpoint 1 No Alarm default Alm 1 SP2 Value 99999 to 99999 Alarm 1 Setpoint 2 Value default 0 000 Alm 2 SP1 Type Same as Alarm 1 Same as Alarm 1 Setpoint 1 Type Setpoint 1 No Alarm default Alm 2 SP1 Value 99999 to 99999 Alarm 2 Setpoint 1 Value default
27. or other configurable fixed sixteen character string at the top of the screen PV Temperature Each PV value is accompanied by a temperature value for all measurements except ORP as ORP probes do not contain temperature sensors and no measurement compensation for temperature is required Temperature values are displayed in units of degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius as determined by configuration Measured temperature is always expressed in fixed tenths decimal precision and has a displayed range according to input type PH ORP 10 0 to 110 0 C or 14 0 to 230 0 F Conductivity 0 to 140 0 C or 32 0 to 284 F Dissolved Oxygen 0 to 60 0 C or 32 to 140 F Status Messages Bargraphs A text string appears on the bottom of all displays Online displays provide messages relaying online diagnostics alarms and other events Offline screens display messages relevant to data entry and calibration See Section 12 The Bargraphs will represent up to three output values The corner indicators represent the physical state of the Relay Outputs 1 2 3 and 4 Note that all values and indicators on the main input display screen are maintained in the input setup group 24 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 5 Input Displays Two Input Display Press You will see PV1 Value Tag Name PV Units PV Temperature
28. 57e Cycle Start STe ich setete 126 tothe Ve iehd bo ai able besoin eiads Hae deities howheoeins indetioer edad 30 SAB Cycle Intervalni rae bevst fies vonston Ee e EE E dom a A er eE REAT 30 D O Rinse Cycle Cht esate e e a e e E E Aae EE e EE Aa 30 5 7 10 Rinse Mins resine eke i E E et O N E ETE E AE 30 5 7 11 Resume Dly Mins ricine pion nin ers nri he een ate 30 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 5 7 12 Manual Starting Stopping the Auto Cycle oo cee ee eeseesceeneeececnseceseceaeceaeesseeeseeseeeeees 31 5 7 13 Auto Cycle Baal cu cus cei ttat vector eet uate kee a e ole i le ees a 32 5 7 14 Conditional Sequencer Steps cee evils eeees ieni eii in ea i 32 PharimasDis play srren e a e aaa e eet A ae ee ube a a Tea AE 33 SS COVEIVIE Wer Gites lee eet done eek ieee a ek eee a Sete dele aaah ave 33 5 8 2 SHOW It WOKS rninn iTi atl ec ee state deen ite 33 5 8 3 Access to Pharma Displays nees a eatorra r E EE aa ka aval anes 34 XSA Displays een ae E A E E E A E E E E AE Lanes 34 5 8 5 Pharma Warning and Fail Signal eeeeseeeeeeeeeesssreeresresserrrssrerisstesressesrrssrestssresresressesees 36 Cation Cale Display secs esau enee aea n ate a E SE aE Ea EE A aaa 37 59 1 OVET VIEW erpa i e a RE T ATETEA E E AO OE E E a 37 5 9 2 SHOW AU WOLKS Scenes iacesashcaseuslissecbuibasbeb sce Laces surbdo
29. 6 6 This number is part of the cell model number However for greater precision every Honeywell cell is individually tested at the factory and a calibration factor unique to that cell is determined The cal factor for a cell can be found on the plastic tag hanging from the cell lead wires Instructions for entering this cell cal factor are in Section 6 6 The UDA automatically uploads the Cal Factor from Honeywell cells with EEPROM This value is displayed in the Setup menu For some conductivity applications even greater accuracy is required For those applications it is possible to perform a calibration trim procedure The Analyzer s reading can be adjusted while the associated cell is measuring a reference solution of known conductivity as described in Section 8 7 The same procedure can be used to adjust the Analyzer s reading while the cell is in the process if a reference instrument is used to determine the conductivity of the process In this case the process fluid becomes the reference solution Calibration trim is recommended for acid concentration applications above 5 Calibration trim can be reset as described in Section 8 7 For accurate measurement of total dissolved solids TDS a conversion factor is entered for each cell as described in Section 6 6 ATTENTION Any time a unit reset is performed the TDS Value will be reset to 1 0 Calibration trim and cal factor will be reset for cells 138 UDA2182 Univers
30. Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Temperature Input Calibration Step Action Screen Use the AV keys to highlight the desired Temperature Input selection Press T1 pH ORP CAL Temp Cal Temp Offset Reset Tmp Offs Read only Press Follow the prompts at the top and bottom of the screen Place probe in sample The display will show the temperature of the reference solution as measured by the probe and Analyzer system Press Enter when stable Once the reading is stable Press Press Change to sample value Use AY to change the value to match the actual temperature of the reference solution at its current temperature Enter to save Exit to cancel Limit is 5 C 9 F This will save the Temperature Offset value If the calibration is not successful an error message will be displayed If the calibration is suspect you can reset the Temperature Offset and calibrate again January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 187 Temperature Input Calibration Viewing and resetting Temperature Offset If the calibration is suspect you can reset the Temperature Offset and calibrate again In the same screen as Temp Cal use the AY keys to highlight Reset Tmp Offset T1 pH ORP CAL Temp Cal Temp Offset Read only Reset Tmp Offset Figure 10 1 Resetting temperature offset Press ENTER
31. China PRC Chengdu Honeywell China Inc Phone 86 28 8678 6348 Fax 86 28 8678 7061 China PRC Xi an gwen China Ltd Xia Phone 86 29 8833 7490 Fax 86 29 8833 7489 China PRC Shenzhen Honeywell China Inc Phone 86 755 2518 1226 Fax 86 755 2518 1221 Indonesia PT Honeywell Indonesia Phone 62 21 535 8833 FAX 62 21 5367 1008 India Automation India Ltd Honeywell Ltd Phone 91 5603 9400 Fax 91 5603 9600 Japan Honeywell Inc Phone 81 3 6730 7150 Fax 81 3 6730 7228 Malaysia Honeywell Engineering Sdn Bh Phone 60 3 7950 4776 Fax 60 3 7958 8922 New Zealand Honeywell Limited Phone 64 9 623 5052 Fax 64 9 623 5060 Toll Free 0800 202 088 Philippines Honeywell Systems Philippines Inc Phone 63 2 633 2830 31 636 1661 62 Fax 63 2 638 4013 Singapore Honeywell Pte Ltd Phone 65 6580 3278 Fax 65 6445 3033 South Korea Honeywell Korea Co Ltd Phone 822 799 6315 Fax 822 792 9015 Thailand Honeywell Systems Thailand Ltd Phone 662 693 3099 FAX 662 693 3089 Taiwan R O C Honeywell Taiwan Ltd Phone 886 2 2245 1000 FAX 886 2 2245 3241 SE Asia Countries see Honeywell Pte Ltd Singapore for Pakistan Cambodia Guam Laos Myanmar Vietnam East Timor SE Asia Countries see Honeywell Automation India Ltd for Bangladesh Nepal Sri Lanka EUROPE
32. Connection Key Analog Connection PV Connection e 1 2 me l PID Opt N Digital Connection x Installed Figure 6 1 UDA2182 Block Diagram 52 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 3 Main Setup Menu Accessing the Main Menu Press Setup The main Menu will appear Inputs Outputs Relays Alarms Monitors Math Logic Auxiliary PID Control Auto Cycling Variables Communication V Maintenance Some item are dependent on the Option selection Menu Indicators An upward pointing arrow indicator above the menu at the left end of the header appears when there are currently menu items above the screen accessible by moving the cursor up A downward pointing arrow indicator below the menu at the left end of the status footer appears when there are currently menu items below the screen accessible by moving the cursor down Use the AV keys Setup Group Overview Refer to General Rules for Editing and Table 6 1 Basic Configuration Procedure to configure the following Setup Groups Inputs Configuration Table 6 5 configure Input 1 and Input 2 for pH ORP pH Preamp Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen and associated parameters Calc Value 1 and2 both units of measurement must be the same select the Calculation type Ratio sum etc High range and Low range Outputs Configuration Table 6 6 configure Output 1 2 or 3 source Range High and Low and associat
33. Dissolved Oxygen See Section 8 Output Cal calibrate Analog Output 1 Analog Output 2 and Analog Output 3 See Section 1 For Calibration History refer to Section 11 What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 10 1 Overview 185 10 2 Temperature Input Calibration 186 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 185 Temperature Input Calibration 10 2 Temperature Input Calibration Introduction Temperature Input Calibration lets you monitor a live temperature reading while continuing to monitor the sample The currently displayed temperature value can be edited through a series of prompts on the screen The temperature offset value is always displayed in the temperature units selected in the Maintenance setup menu Accessing the Main Calibration Menu and sub menus Press Carat The Main Calibration Menu will appear CALIBRATION Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use the AY keys to highlight the Input Temp Cal selection Press to display the sub menu for that selection Procedure Table 10 1 Procedure for Calibrating the Temperature Inputs Step Action Screen 1 CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AV to select Input Temp Cal 2 TEMP INPUT CAL Press T1 pH ORP Cal T2 Conduc Cal 186 UDA2182 Universal Dual
34. Dual Analyzer Product Manual 157 Input Calibration 8 7 4 Determining TDS conversion factor 158 To determine the TDS conversion factor it is first necessary to establish the total dissolved solids in a representative sample of the process The formal determination of TDS is a laboratory standard method performed on a weighed grab sample of the process fluid To summarize how to obtain a TDS value e Suspended solids if present are filtered out e All water is evaporated e The residue is dried and weighed e The result is divided by the original sample weight to obtain ppm TDS For detailed guidance in determining the official TDS see Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater jointly published by the American Public Health Association American Water Works Association and Water Pollution Control Federation Washington DC To determine the conversion factor needed by the Analyzer first use the laboratory procedure summarized above to give an official TDS value Next divide the TDS value by the conductivity of the sample to yield the conversion factor for that particular process fluid The conversion factor is then entered into the analyzer to normalize the TDS readout With power plant cation conductivity measurements ion chromatography results may be used to establish the conversion factor for readout in ppb chloride or sulfate ion Nominal values are 83 ppb per uS cm for chloride ion and 111 ppb per u
35. Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Introduction 1 2 Features Standard and solution temperature compensation Measured pH temperature is compensated in one of two ways Electrode temperature sensitivity is automatically compensated to display the correct pH value at temperature In addition displayed pH can be optionally normalized to a solution temperature of 25 C as determined by the current Solution Temperature Coefficient which is expressed in units of pH C with precision to the hundredths decimal place The parameter Solu Temp Coeff allows the selection of Pure Water Ammonia Phosphate Morpholine and Custom or None User Entry Measured Conductivity and Resistivity can optionally be temperature compensated to 25 C for a specific solution type TDS and concentration are always measured based on a specific solution type The cell constant and measurement type determines which solution types are available for selection Dissolved Oxygen accurately measures the concentration of dissolved oxygen in water The Analyzer energizes the probe and receives dissolved oxygen and temperature signals Optional salinity compensation is provided The Analyzer provides for Air or Sample calibration with ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure compensation Calculated pH High purity water pH can be calculated from Specific and Cation conductivities to be used as a check on in line high purity water pH measurements Automati
36. EA 76 77 78 79 87 K Key Navigation ec esseeeeseseeeessneeeeseneeeeeenneeeeenaees 22 KO AscAvntiienadauiiesch alien ATT 5 Keypad eSt sarih innse inr enas intine 110 January 2009 L QOUTpULSIFAUI tye csa heer teense catia 59 Output Bargraphs ccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeteas 24 mae Peace tn Oa Det etre ers SA io Output Calibration s 176 TE A N A gk AA e OANE 87 Output Errors cscs ence aie 189 eres ie Va Ra pene ere te oes args ges Output High Limit 2 0 ee eee eeeeeeeseeteeeeeeteeneeeeeee I Leag Detection ENE DF PRUCAMON States eas 223 Output High Limit Value nnn 93 Linear eeeneeneeeees srreeneeenteneenneeneeetenneeneeeneenteaneeneeens 85 OLIPU Levelt rca actin enan 111 Local Setpoint Permit s1 1 111r1r11r1st1rt1r1st trt 11st 1t nt 95 Output Levels zkien naaie naea aoai 42 E A E E T F Output LOW Limit ns 93 Ogie ONJU AMON cy Gs enone Output Low Limit Value 0 00 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 93 Logic Input A and B SOurce ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 87 OUTPUT n OPEN 189 POQIC Status siae na ea et hie elects 42 OMI DURS deea cence e adds nkeeesaal 2 Logic Typen nae a e e Bh ae pa acd Bi A ae ST Ae ee 7 Low Level ppb Dissolved Oxygen Testing 224 Outputs Configuration EAE T 3 Low Monit 83 Outputs WINNA essre se niet aaran aa aeiee Sr i e 132 OW VO Ae i ice era ae a OVEGIVIEW A E ee Ae eens 1 He au RA a A N ati E a r Panel Mounting Dimensions ss sssssssssssesee
37. HYPOCHLORITE oe YER BS Golan RS CYANIDE TO CYANATE CYANATE TO CARBONATE SETTLING SLUDGE AND NEUTRALIZATION Figure 15 3 Cyanide Treatment System UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices First Stage of Cyanide Destruction Raise pH and oxidize cyanide Sodium hydroxide caustic is used to raise the effluent to about 11 pH which will promote the oxidation reaction and ensure complete treatment The oxidizing agent is usually sodium hypochlorite NaOCl The reaction for the first stage is given below using the NaOCl and with cyanide expressed in ionic form CN The result is sodium cyanate NaCNO and chloride ion CI NaOCI CN NaCNO CI This first stage reaction is analyzed and controlled by independent control loops caustic addition by pH control and oxidizing agent addition by ORP control redox potential or ORP oxidation reduction potential Often an ON OFF type of control using solenoid valves or metering pumps can be used The pH controller simply calls for more caustic whenever pH falls below 11 The ORP controller calls for additional hypochlorite whenever ORP potential falls below about 450 mV The metal ORP electrode is positive with respect to the reference electrode Titration curve The ORP titration curve in Figure 15 4 shows the entire millivolt range if cyanide is treated as a batch For continuous treatment operation is maintained in the ox
38. Hold Active If Hold Active is enabled in Auto cycling Setup then the values remain in the hold state during auto cycle When Hold is active on either input the status message Hold Active is displayed and the specific PV value flashes at a very slow rate When Hold is activated manually from the front panel Hold button the values remain in the hold state until its state is changed via the front panel again Probe Transit This parameter is available to allow you to automate functions that relate to probe removal and insertion Once the probe transit parameter is enabled the extract wait source insert wait source and max transit mins can be selected The extract wait source and insert wait source can be set to any digital input so that the extract or insert operations continue until the selected digital input is low Once the wait source signal is low then the probe extraction or insertion sequence step can end or otherwise time out if the duration of the max transit mins is exceeded If probe transit is enabled and probe extract src insert src is set to none then the probe extract insert step will occur for the duration of the max transit mins Cycle Start Src The Auto cycle can be started in one of three ways It can start upon the occurrence of a specific digital input changing state from low to high The cycle can also start when the cycle timer engages The cycle can also be manually started from the Auto Cycle display scre
39. ON is seen INB as OFF In A and B On Delay 0 to 120 seconds An on delay time value up to 120 seconds is default 0 0 available to prevent momentary logic gate output actions Number of seconds the logic gate is true before activating the Output 88 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 13 Auxiliary Configuration Overview The Auxiliary group has four selections Switch 1 and Switch 2 and Func Gen 1 and Func Gen 2 Switch Switch selections have 2 input sources A and B A switch block is used to select between two analog signals The switch block can be used for many monitor and control strategies A Digital Signal Source Table 6 4 when active will select the B input source of the switch as the output The Switch Input sources can be any Analog Signal Source Table 6 3 There are two switch blocks provided for general use Func Gen Function Generator Function Generators are used for pre control linearizing of inputs such as during pH titration Function Generator selections have 2 input sources Input 1 PV and Input 2 PV It generates an output characteristic curve based on up to 11 configurable Breakpoints for both Input X and Output Y values The figure below shows an example of using the Func Gen to characterize the PID control loop output for control valve operation using 9 breakpoints Compensating for control valve characteristic OUT9 100 OUT8
40. Output Condition Extract Rinse Cal Cal 2 Hold State if enabled Cycle Stop 0 0 0 0 Inactive Cycle inactive Cycle Start 0 0 0 0 Active Operator panel Cycle Start is Yes transitional or Cycle Start Src state is 1 or cycle timer engages Probe Extract 1 0 0 0 Active Probe Transit is enabled Probe Rinse 1 i 0 0 Active Rinse Cycle Cnt gt 0 and enables current cycle and if Probe Transit enabled Extract Wait Src is None or state is 1 or Max Transit Timer expires Cal Point 1 1 1 1 0 Active Rinse timer expires if enabled and Cal 1 Cal Cycle Cnt gt 0 and enables current cycle Cal Point 2 1 1 0 1 Active Rinse timer expires or Cal 1 complete and Cal 2 Cycle Cnt gt 0 and enables current cycle Probe Insert 0 1 0 0 Active Auto Cycle Fail or Probe Transit is enabled Resume Delay 0 0 0 0 Active Auto Cycle Fail or Rinse timer expires or Cal 1 or Cal 2 complete and Insert Wait Src is None or state is 1 or Max Transit Timer expires 32 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 8 Pharma Display 5 8 1 5 8 2 Overview The Pharma Parameter is available when a Conductivity Input is enabled Pharma supports USP United States Pharmacopoeia and PhEur Pharmacopoeia Europa standard procedure stages for determining Purified Water Selecting Pharma Type USP or PhEur in Section 6 6 Conductivity Input Configuration enables the Pharma monitor screen
41. Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 6 Outputs Configuration 74 mA Range High mA Range Low mA Limit High mA Limit Low in seconds default 0 000 0 to 20 default 20 0 to 20 default 4 0 to 21 default 21 0 to 21 default 3 Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Output 1 Source Any Analog Signal Process Variable Source Selects the signal Output 2 See Table 6 3 that will be transmitted outputs See Note 1 for units High Range 99999 00 to 99999 00 High Range Value value of input that corresponds to 100 output value See Note 1 for units Low Range 99999 00 to 99999 00 Low Range Value value of input that corresponds to 0 output value See Note 1 for units Slew Time 0 000 to 999 00 Slew Time is the maximum rate of change required to drive the output from full OFF 0 typically 4 mA to full ON 100 typically 20mA Value of mA output that corresponds to 100 output signal for example 20 mA Value of mA output that corresponds to 0 output signal for example 4 mA Value of mA that you want to set the High Range Limit Value of mA that you want to set the Low Range Limit UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration NOTE 1 The entries for any parameter are in the units of that parameter For example Parameters in engineering uni
42. Relay States Relay 1 State of the Read Only state depends on the Output source Relay 2 relay selected at Relay Setup Group parameter Relay Relay 3 Types Relay 4 Digital Output On or Off Time Proportional Value Frequency Proportional Output Value On Off On or Off Pulse Out On or Off See Table 6 7 for configuration Monitor Monitor 1 ON Read Only State depends on the output of the Status Monitor 2 analog monitor blocks Monitor 3 Off Monitor 4 42 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Status Parameter Status Status Definition Display Read Only Math Values Math 1 Analog Values Read Only Shows the calculated values of the Math Math 2 blocks Math 3 Math 4 Aux Values Switch 1 Analog Values Read Only Shows the calculated values of the Switch 2 blocks in the Aux Group This includes the current Func Gen 1 output of the Switch and Function Generator blocks Func Gen 2 Variables AnlgVar 1 Analog Values Read Only shows values of Analog and Digital AnlgVar 2 variables written from Modbus client AnlgVar 3 AnlgVar 4 Dgtl Var 1 Digital Values Dgtl Var 2 On or Off Dgtl Var 3 Dgtl Var 14 Comm Status Comm Card Stat Ok Read Only This displays the status of the Not Present Communication card Information present only if the HW Failure Communication card is present Fail Comm Card Stat gives the status of t
43. Section 6 6 press until you see The measured temperature uncompensated conductivity of the solution in uS cm Right Pointer Pharma Warning Limit Measurement relative to test limit Relay 3 Physical State T White De energized Black Energized Relay 1 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Left Bar graph Measured solution conductivity scaled by uS em the parameter values Pharma LL r High and Pharma Low 25 7 e PHARMA 1 The measured temperature of solution in system temperature Units Right Bar graph Graphical percent of measured conductivity relative to test limit Stage 1 1 3 0 Currently select m 74 3 Pharma Test The percent of measured 4 conductivity relative to test limit Left Pointer Test Limit scaled by parameters Pharma High and Pharma Low Relay 2 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Purified water test Relay 4 Physical State limit in units of White De energized measured value Black Energized Figure 5 5 Pharma Display screen example 5 8 4 Displays The upper left portion of the screen shows the measured temperature uncompensated conductivity of the solution in uS cm for Stage 1 For stage 2 and 3 it displays the test conductivity value entered during the measurement in stage 2 The proce
44. Selection Enters value or selection made into memory after another key is pressed Repeat the procedure for changing any parameter for any group 7 To Abort the Changes Made Any changes made to a parameter value will revert to the original value before editing 8 Exit Setup Mode Until you see the main Setup screen 90 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 57 Configuration 6 5 Analog and Digital Signal Sources Overview This section contains a list of signals that are available for connection as digital and analog sources Table 6 2 Signal Sources Signal Type Applies Source to Selections Analog Source Selections Table 6 3 Alarms PV Outputs Math Blocks Auxiliary Function Generators None Input 1 2 PV Input 1 2 Temp Pharma Out 1 2 Monitor 1 through 4 Math 1 4 Auxiliary Switch A B Func Gen 1 2 Relays Time Prop Pulse Freq Switch 1 2 PID RSP Source Feedforward Sum Source Difference Ratio Passage Rejection Cation Value PIDout 1 2 AnlgVar 1 4 PV Source Selections PID 1 and 2 PV Source None Function Generator 1 and 2 Input 1 2 PV Digital Source Selections Logic InA InB None Table 6 4 Relays Digital Out Pulse out Alarm1 4 Auxiliary Switch Select B Alm Grp 1 2 Source Monitor 1 4 Alarms Disable Logic 1 4 PID Remote setpoint select Digital In 1 2 Manual select In 1 2 Fault Auto Cycle
45. TDS ppm C4HgNO uS cm TDS ppb TDS ppm H2SO 4 HCL NaOH mS cm None Conductivity only NaCl uS cm mS cm TDS ppm TDS ppt NH3 uS cm TDS ppm C4HgNO uS cm TDS ppm H2SO4 HCL NaOH mS cm TDS ppt None Conductivity only NaCl uS cm mS cm TDS ppm TDS ppt NH3 uS cm TDS ppm C4HgNO uS cm TDS ppm H2SO4 HCL NaOH mS cm TDS ppt 25 None Conductivity only HCI mS cm Concentration NaCl uS cm mS cm Concentration H2SO0 mS cm Concentration NaOH mS cm Concentration 50 None Conductivity only HCI mS cm Concentration NaCl uS cm mS cm Concentration H2SO4 mS cm Concentration NaOH mS cm Concentration Wire Len Feet 0 to 1000 ft default 0 Wire Len Meters UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 0 to 304 80 default 0 Refer to appendix 15 2 to enter values for lead wire resistance compensation January 2009 Configuration Sub menu selection Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition Wire Size AWG 16 AWG 18 AWG default 20 AWG 22 AWG Wire Size Sq mm 0 33 to 2 08 default 0 82 Pharma Type None PhEur USP default None PhEur Pharmacopoeia Europa USP United States Pharmacopoeia standard procedure stages for determining Purified Water Pharma PV High 99999 00 to Pharma PV High Value
46. Table 8 3 Procedure for Buffering Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes Table 8 4 Procedure for Sample Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes Table 8 5 Oxidation Reduction Potential of Reference Solutions at Specified Temperature Table 8 6 Procedure for Calibrating ORP System Using a Reference Solution Table 8 7 Procedure for Calibrating ORP Analyzer Using Voltage Input Table 8 8 Conductivity of Potassium Chloride Solutions at 25 C Table 8 9 Procedure for Performing Calibration Trim Using a Reference Solution Table 8 10 Procedure for Sample Method of Calibrating Cation pH Table 8 11 Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Air Calibration Method Table 8 12 Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Sample Calibration Method Table 8 13 Calibrating the Integral Pressure Sensor Table 8 14 Running a Probe Bias Scan Table 9 1 Procedure for Calibrating Analyzer Outputs Table 10 1 Procedure for Calibrating the Temperature Inputs x UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 103 105 106 108 116 119 142 143 146 148 152 152 154 160 160 163 167 169 171 174 181 186 January 2009 Table 11 1 Cal History items Table 12 1 Status Messages Table 12 2 Probe Calibration Diagnostics Table 12 3 Auto Cycle Fail Messages Table 12 4 Pharma Fail Messages Table 14 1 Part Numbers Table 15 1 Data for Concentration Range Measurements Table 15 2 Dissolved Oxygen Solubility vs Temperature Figures Figure 3 1 Panel Mounting Dimensions
47. The Temperature Offset will be reset to default 188 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Calibration History 11 Calibration History 11 1 Overview Calibration History records every successful input or output calibration with timestamp with detail available on cal type and before and after cal values by scrolling and selecting cal event name Calibration records are listed top down from most recent to least recent Each line in the list consists of a calibration event name and the date and time of occurrence Successful automatic cals from auto cycling also recorded and identified Status warns of cal history at 50 and 90 and when erasing old records Accessing the Main Calibration Menu and sub menus Press Caiorat The Main Calibration Menu will appear CALIBRATION Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use the AY keys to highlight the Cal History selection Press Enter Calibration Records Table 11 1 Cal History items Item Values Item Values Calibration event In 1 PV Cal Calibration type Sample Conduc name In 2 PV Cal Sample pH ORP In 1 Temp Cal Buffer pH 1 In 2 Temp Cal Buffer pH 2 Out 1 4mA Cal Auto Buffer pH 1 Out 1 20mA Cal Auto Buffer pH 2 Out 2 4mA Cal Auto Cycle pH 1 Out 2 20mA Cal Auto Cycle pH 2 Out 3 4mA Cal Sample DO Out 3 20mA Cal Auto Air DO Auto Cycle DO The list is fully scrollable and individual records are
48. Titanium Cells 4973 or DL4311 Titanium cells mounted in stainless steel flow chamber 31079198 Introduction If you use standard Honeywell cell lead lengths of 7 or 20 feet connected directly to the Analyzer no compensation for lead resistance is necessary Similarly if a junction box is used to extend the leads up to 150 feet no compensation is required However if longer leads are used greater than 150 feet signal accuracy can be adversely affected unless you enter information that will permit the UDA2182 to compensate for lead resistance in the black and white cell leads only Lead resistance compensation is not necessary nor applied to the other cell leads For lengths up to 1000 feet simply specify the gauge and length as described in Table 6 5 Note that the maximum wire size for sensor inputs at the input terminal board is 16A WG Coax cable is recommended for extension of the black and white cell leads DirectLine DL4000 series cells have a total lead length limit of 250 feet If mixed wired gauges are used or lead length or wire gauge are not within the stated ranges the UDA2182 can still perform the compensation However you must first calculate the lead resistance and then put it in terms of the available settings for AWG gauge and length Because the smaller gauge coax cables consist of a low resistance shield and a higher resistance conductor an average equivalent resistance is used for calculations i e 20 AWG wire i
49. Unpacking Pipe Mounting The analyzer can be mounted vertically or horizontally on a pipe Use the bracket and hardware supplied in the mounting kit Select 1 inch or 2 inch U Bolts ATTENTION Pipe mounting is not recommended if the pipe is subject to severe vibration Excessive vibration may affect system performance M5 X 10mm long screw with M5 lock washer 2 places Note orientation of hole and slot in mounting bracket M8 Nut Hole is to be in the upper position M8 Lock Washer M8 Flat Washer 188 1 7 40 Do not over tighten fasteners 4 5Nm 40 Lb in of torque max 1 or 2 inch Horizontal Rear Pipe Mounting Figure 3 3 Pipe Mounting Dimensions not to scale January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 13 Unpackin Wall Mounting Dimensions The analyzer can be mounted on a wall Use the bracket and hardware supplied in the mounting kit 188 1 rj 195 06 7 680 i Left hand Side View i i ij LI 195 1 7 68 38 5 a f y ee 77 Front View 3 03 Mounting Bracket Horizontal Pil Four slots in bracket for 6 0mm 1 4 dia mounting bolts supplied by customer 83 9 3 30 167 8 O a ean OOOO A O Front View w Mounting Bracket Vertical 38 5 1 52 77 3 03 Figure 3 4 Wall Mounting Dimensions not to scale 14 UDA2182 Unive
50. a sample calibration when the Dissolved Oxygen reading is in the 0 0 2 0 ppb range Don t measure the dissolved oxygen in gas streams or air streams This product measures dissolved oxygen in water UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Air Calibration Method Introduction This is the simplest and most commonly used method of calibration ATTENTION If Initial Installation power probe and analyzer for 24 hours before first air calibration 1 Assure that the probe has been powered for at least one hour 2 Press the Hold button if required 3 Expose the probe to air or air saturated water until the temperature and DO value reading stabilizes Procedure Table 8 11 Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Air Calibration Method Step Action Screen Press CALIBRATION Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History 2 PV INPUT CAL Press Use AY to select Input 1 or 2 DO Cal 3 IN1 DO CAL Press Sample Cal Reset Cal Factor Pressure Cal Pressure Offset Reset Prs Offset Bias Scan Bias Volts Reset Bias Volts Use AV to select Air Cal January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 167 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 Enter Place probe in air Press Enter The display will show the live Follow the prompts at the top
51. a solution temperature of 25 C as determined by ise 4 Ba 0 050 the current Solution Temperature Coefficient This is omp Custom expressed in units of pH C with precision to the Not ORP hundredths decimal place The parameter Solu Temp Coeff allows the selection of the following entries Follow the General Rules for Editing in section 6 4 1 to make the changes Will appear when first digit to the right of decimal point is changed Solution Type Temp Coefficient None Default 0 000 H20 Pure Water 0 016 NH Ammonia 0 032 PO Phosphate 0 032 C4HNO Morpholine 0 032 Custom User Entry PV Bias 99999 to PV Bias Constant is used to compensate the input 99999 for drift of an input value default 0 00 Failsafe 99999 to The output value to which the output will go to protect 99999 against the effects of failure of the equipment default 14 00 Filter Time 0 to 120 A software digital filter is provided for dampening the default 0 process noise This filter is applied before the limit functions 64 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Input 1 or 2 The pH Preamp input card measures pH and accepts inputs from a Durafet series Preamp a Preamp pH glass Meredian II Preamp or a Durafet series Cap Adapter The pH Preamp input is si
52. achieved Relay 1 Time proportional output is a form of a process variable transmitter or control output that Relay 2 pulses the relay as a pulse width modulated signal that is proportional to the input signal over Relay 3 a configured input range The Time Proportional cycle time is configurable between 0 1 and Relay 4 999 seconds while the duty cycle is directly proportional to the selected input signal Source Any Analog Signal PV Source Time See Table 6 3 Proportional Output Relay High Range 99999 to 99999 The high range is the PV based engineering unit default 100 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 100 percent always active duty cycle Low Range 99999 to 99999 The low range is the PV based engineering unit default 0 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 0 percent always inactive duty cycle Invert Enable Inverts the proportional range of the applied Disable default analog input such that inverse relay operation is achieved Cycle Time 0 to 999 seconds Cycle time is that time period in seconds the default 10 relay will be activated Min Off Time Oto 15 Minimum off is that time period in seconds the default 0 relay will be activated Min On Time 0 to 15 Minimum On is that time period in seconds the default 0 relay will be activated January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 77 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Ran
53. and adds it to the sequence of displays accessed by each press of the Display button Also configure Pharma PV High Pharma PV Low and Pharma Timer Minutes in this section How it works Pharmacopoeia Test Procedure For Procedure steps in each stage refer to UPS section lt 645 gt Test Procedure for Purified Water and Water for Injection The procedure for this determination involves a series of three stages or tests If the sample does not pass the Stage conductivity requirement the State 2 test can be initiated If the Stage 2 requirements are not met then the Stage 3 test can be initiated If Stage 3 requirements are not met the sample is not Purified Water In Stage 1 the non temperature compensated conductivity reading is compared to the value specified in the USP standard for a particular temperature If the measured conductivity is not greater than the table value the water meets the requirements of the test for conductivity and the Pharma test is complete If the conductivity is higher than the table value then the user can manually proceed with Stage 2 To complete stage 2 transfer a sufficient amount of water 100 mL or more to a suitable container and stir the test specimen While maintaining the temperature at 25 1 begin vigorously agitating the test specimen and note the conductivity reading when the change is less than 0 1 m S cm per 5 minutes If the conductivity is not greater than 2 1 m S cm the water meets
54. bias point if one is needed To employ this diagnostic you should be in air or air saturated water ppm current is in uA range A PBT should not be performed in a ppb application ppb current is in nA range due to charging and electrode currents being at a maximum value uA range during one of these scans Furthermore the final current rise during the PBT produces both hydrogen and oxygen gases within the probe Time is needed before these gases can re establish equilibrium with the outside sample Therefore the PBT should be limited to air level conditions and adequate time should be allowed for probe recovery following a PBT January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 223 Appendices os Faradaic Interferences The DO probe responds to oxygen partial pressure as follows 02 4H 4e 2H2O 1 Reaction 1 is a chemical reduction in which dissolved oxygen is reduced to water This reduction occurs at the working electrode commonly referred to as the cathode The equal and opposite oxidation reaction occurs at the counter electrode anode Any gaseous substance which is permeable through the membrane and is capable of being oxidized or reduced electroactive at the working electrode will interfere Cl2 O3 Ho NH and SO2 are examples of interfering dissolved gases Clh 2e 2Cl 2 H gt 2H 2e 3 Reaction 2 is a reduction and hence a positive interference will be observed reaction 3 is an oxid
55. configuration of the UDA2182 is intuitive fast and easy A Setup menu is provided for every configuration task You will be permitted to configure only those parameters relevant to your application and supported by the Analyzer model you purchased In fact Setup configuration screens will contain only prompts and menu choices that apply to your application Multi language prompts guide the operator step by step through the configuration process assuring quick and accurate entry of all configurable parameters Nine languages are available via configuration English French German Spanish Italian Russian Turkish Polish and Czech Inputs Analytical measurements of Direct pH pH from preamp ORP Conductivity and Dissolved Oxygen ppm or ppb can all be done in one analyzer The unit can be used as a single input or dual input instrument you decide what measurements are included The input boards are factory calibrated and easily replaced Addition of additional relays or an analog output is done with a single board The Mix n Match design reduces inventory and increases flexibility You can purchase a basic unit and then add input and output boards as needed January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 1 Introduction Outputs Two standard Analog outputs 0 20 or 4 20 mAdc 750 ohms maximum isolated from inputs ground and each other and independently assignable to any parameters and ranges Proporti
56. connected Check Wiring INPUT BOARD n FAULT An input board disconnect while powered results in an input fault condition and this status message The PV value is the failsafe parameter value and the temperature is at the lower limit of the input board s temperature range Re insert the input board or cycle the unit s power if the input board is no longer needed n 1 2 or3 Output Errors Output in error goes to failsafe level OUTPUT n OPEN Analog output n current is less than 3 mA and is less than output minimum mA value Check wiring n 1 2 3 or4 Alarm Conditions ALARM n ACTIVE Alarm number n is currently active 192 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Diagnostics and Messages 12 3 Calibration Diagnostics pH ORP DO All of the possible errors are detected during a probe calibration and will abort the calibration process with the message FAIL appearing briefly followed by a return to the online pH ORP DO display At that point the specific error will be displayed as described In addition any of following errors may occur during probe calibration and abort the calibration process Table 12 2 Probe Calibration Diagnostics Status Message Definition BUFFER SPAN TOO LOW OFFSET UNDERRANGE OFFSET OVERRANGE SLOPE UNDERRANGE The span between pH buffer 1 and pH buffer 2 is less than 2 pH Use a set of buffers that are at least 2 pH apart As a warning s
57. ground screw fe cr Se a ee Clear 110 Cathode Orange Hj Reference Yellow Hj Anode Black Pigtail of Coax f J7 Guard Green Js RTH Low Red 4 RTH High Wire to chassis fegfi Earth Ground ground screw Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 17 Terminal Designations for Dissolved Oxygen with Quick Disconnect Option UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wirin 7 8 Communications Card RJ45 Ethernet Connection TX TX SHIELD Wire to Chassis Ground Screw RS 485 Connection Figure 7 18 Terminal Designations for Communications Card January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 133 Inputs and Outputs Wirin 7 9 Outputs Power Supply Analog Output Relay Output Card Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Analog Output 2 Analog Output 2 Relay Output 1 N O Relay Output 1 COM 4 Relay Output 1 N C fer Relay Output 2 N O Relay Output 2 COM Relay Output 2 N C AC Hot L1 ACNL2 Remove the Jumper if you are using an Analog Output Ah a ar eee Case Earth Ground Grounding Stud on Case Figure 7 19 Terminal Designations for Power Analog Output and Relay Output 134 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring
58. is active AV To access Start Cycle or Hold Cycle to access the Start Cycle Hold Cycle selection AV to change the selection from NO to YES Start Cycle YES Hold Cycle No to Start or Hold the Auto Cycle See Table 5 5 for sequencer steps January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 31 Operating the Analyzer 5 7 13 Auto Cycle Fail The status message Auto Cycle n Fail is displayed during a fail state Once detected the current cycle proceeds immediately to the Probe Insert step if enabled or to the Resume Delay step The fail state remains for the duration of the Resume Delay whereupon the fail state returns to zero and the fail message is cancelled A fail state also provides a detail message in the lower half of the Auto Cycle display regarding the specific reason for the error These messages are listed in Section 12 4 The digital output AC n Fail is also available and is active whenever an auto cycle failure has occurred The auto cycle digital outputs AC n Extract AC n Rinse AC n Cal Pt 1 and AC n Cal and AC n Cal 2 are available as relay digital input sources See Table 6 4 to control the operation of valves and solenoids for exposure to rinse water and buffer solutions or air to accomplish the automatic probe rinse and calibration functions 5 7 14 Conditional Sequencer Steps Table 5 5 Conditional Sequencer Steps for Auto Cycle Step ACn ACn ACn ACn
59. low enough that the drift was small with respect to the changes observed for various flow rates but high enough that changes could be observed At this range vary the flow rate from 10 to 100 ml min These low flow rates were selected for two reasons The first the tester may only have a 0 100 ml min flow indicator The other reason is a leak that exists at this low flow will cause a change in the DO reading Ifthe DO value at 10 ml min exceeds the DO value at 100 ml min a leak is present in the sampling line Fixing the leak may require plastic tubing to be replaced with metal tubing tape to be put on fittings and or fittings at the bottom of the probe to be tightened securely Now repeat Steps 2 6 until the flow can be changed from gt 100 ml min to 10 ml min with no change in the DO value UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 14Appendix M Procedure for Low Level ppb Dissolved Oxygen Testing Overview The purpose of this procedure is two fold First using a controlled environment new probes and or analyzers can be tested to determine if each is performing correctly before being installed in the field Second this procedure can be used to re test the performance of an existing analyzer and or probe You may choose to use this set up for a zero calibration test However a zero calibration test would require as a minimum modifications to two of the test parameters One mod
60. mm 0 38 max Enclosure Rating CSA Type 4X NEMA 4X rated enclosure FM Class 1 Div 2 Installation Ratings Installation Category Overvoltage Category Category II Pollution Degree 2 Altitude 2000 m Weight Approx 3 Ibs 6 6kg Mounting Panel mounting hardware supplied Optional Wall and 1 to 2 pipe mounting Select option appropriate in Model Number 2 2 CE Conformity Europe This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of the following European Council Directives 73 23 EEC the Low Voltage Directive and 89 336 EEC the EMC Directive Conformity of this product with any other CE Mark Directive s shall not be assumed Product Classification Class I Permanently connected panel mounted Industrial Control Equipment with protective earthing grounding EN61010 1 Enclosure Rating The front panel of the analyzer is rated at NEMA4X when properly installed Installation Category Overvoltage Category Category II EN61010 1 Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 2 Normally non conductive pollution with occasional conductivity caused by condensation Ref IEC 664 1 EMC Classification Group 1 Class A ISM Equipment EN61326 emissions Industrial Equipment EN61326 immunity Method of EMC Assessment Technical File TF January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 7 Specifications ATTENTION The emission limits of EN61326 are designed to provi
61. objective of a Cycle Stop is to terminate the Auto Cycle by putting the probe back into the process The selection of Cycle Stop causes the sequencer to proceed directly to the Probe Insert stage if Probe Transit is enabled and then to the Resume Delay stage Selecting Stop Cycle during Probe Insert advances the sequencer to resume delay Finally a Stop Cycle selection during Resume Delay will stop the cycle completely If enabled the cycle timer will still trigger a cycle at the configured time provided the sequencer returns to Cycle Stop beforehand Otherwise the cycle will execute at the next available time The Hold Cycle selection is available in both auto cycle active and inactive states When inactive enabling Hold Cycle will hold the sequencer at the beginning of the sequence until released to continue by disabling the Hold Cycle Selecting Hold Cycle during an active cycle will suspend the sequencer at the current step as well as the step timer Disabling Hold Cycle will resume the sequencer and step timer During cycle Hold the status bar will show the message Auto Cycle in hold Table 5 4 Manually Starting Stopping the Auto Cycle Press Action to access the Auto Cycle Operator Panel You will see Cycle Stop 12 48 27 Start Cycle No Hold Cycle No Next 06 03 29 13 50 24 Example AUTO CYCLE 1 Operator Panel Note The item Start Cycle is replaced with Stop Cycle when the cycle
62. of travel out switch on the See Table 6 4 extraction device Insert Wait Src Digital Signal 2 This is the end of travel in switch on the See Table 6 4 extraction device Cycle Interval Daily Frequency of Auto Cycle to occur daily Start Hour 8 Cycle to start at 8 00 AM Start Mins 0 Rinse Cycle Cnt 1 Rinse to occur every cycle Cal 1 Cycle Cnt 7 Standardize occurs once every 7 cycles or once per week Cal 2 Cycle Cnt 28 Slope Cal occurs once per 28 days or every 4 weeks Max Transit Mins 0 5 If extraction takes longer than 30 seconds then get a AUTOCYCLE FAIL ALARM Probe Transit Enabled Rinse Mins 2 Each rinse duration is 2 minutes January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 103 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition and Restrictions selection of Setting Max Cal Mins 2 If the reading is unstable after 2 minutes then get a AUTOCYCLE FAIL ALARM Resume Dly Mins 5 Wait 5 minutes after cycle completes and sensor is reinserted before removing HOLD and returning to On Line mode 104 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 16 Variables Configuration Overview The Variables menu allows you to configure the values that variables are set to when the UDA is first powered on This group has two selections Analog This selection lets you configure the initial values of the Analog Variabl
63. power until the case is closed 7 CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AV to select Output Cal January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 181 Outputs Calibration Step Action Screen 8 OUTPUT CAL Press Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Use AV to select an Analog Output to be calibrated 9 OUTPUT 1 Press 20mA Offset 0 4mA Offset 0 Reset 20mA Offs Reset 4mA Offs Use AV to select 20 mA Offset 10 OUTPUT 1 Press 20mA Offset 147 4mA Offset 3 Reset 20mA Offs Reset 4mA Offs The right most digit will be blinking 11 To correct the value on the meter e Use the AV keys to increment or decrement the value of the digit e Use the lt P keys to move the cursor to the next digit e Repeat as required to achieve a 20mA reading on the test meter e When all digits have been changed press Enter to store the 20mA value Press Exit to cancel The previous value is retained 182 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Outputs Calibration Step Action Screen 1 Use AV to select 2 Eager 4 mA Offset and repeat the junener 3 process Reset 20mA Offs Reset 4mA Offs 13 Press Enter to store the 4mA Offset value Press Exit to cancel The previous value is retained 14 If the calibration is suspect you can
64. r e E Ta 44 Alarm Control Relays c ccsccccsssseeseeteeesesneeeeeees 6 Calibrating the Percent Slope ccsceeeeeees 139 Alarm Control Settings ccccceesceseneeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 6 Calibration DiaQnostiCs eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 190 Alarms Configuration cccccccesesesseeeeeeeesseeeeeneeees 80 Calibration History ecceeeceeeeceeeneeeeteeeeneeeeteeeennees 186 AMING 0 a EEPE ETETEA RATAA 109 Calibration Menu sssseeseeeseeeeesirerrrerrerreeresrrnseene 135 Ammonia pH oisean iadees rai eapo ane eaecienctiedes 109 Calibration TrimM sesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 136 156 159 Analog and Digital Signal Sources ceeeee 57 Case Dimensions e cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeetteeeeneees 7 Analog QUPUt sner corpses iets ete et enia 5 Case Material n sinner eii 5 analog OUtP tS isen es eserin eai irete is 117 Cation Cale ii cnnnaiviad abanininnchn Anand 109 Analog Signal Sources ccccceesseeeesseeeeeteeeees 58 Cation Calc Display ccccsccceeesseceeeeneeeeesneeeeeees 37 Analyzer Overview ccccceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeneetee 21 Cation pH Calibration ceeceeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeennees 160 AND arene E a EEEE E E NEE 87 etilo AE EP AEE E E E E EENE 37 APPENdiCOS ses E E E eae lekveeess 196 CE Conformity Europe ccecscceeeesceeeeseneeeesseees 7 Atmospheric pressure compensation 0 ee 71 Cell Gonstantan anisi ike
65. reset the 20mA and 4mA Offset and calibrate again A To calibrate additional Outputs repeat the above steps Including powering down the unit before changing the connections to the output terminals When output calibration has been completed re install the field wiring removed in step 5 Disconnect power before opening the case Close the case and power up the unit Do not apply power until the case is closed January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 183 Outputs Calibration Viewing and resetting 20mA and 4mA Offset If the calibration is suspect you can reset the 20mAand 4mA Offset and calibrate again In the same screen as 20mA and 4mA Offset use the AV keys to highlight Reset 20mA Offset or Reset 4mA Offset 20mA Offset 147 4mA Offset 3 Reset 20mA Offs Reset 4mA Offs Figure 9 1 Resetting Output 1 Offsets example Press ENTER The 20mA Offset or 4mA Offset will be reset to O default 184 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Temperature Input Calibration 10 Temperature Input Calibration 10 1 Overview Introduction The section describes the calibration procedures for the following Temp Input Cal calibrate T1 Temperature 1 or T2 Temperature 2 for pH ORP or Conductivity For other Calibration Procedures refer to the sections listed below PV Input Cal calibrate Input 1 and Input 2 for pH ORP Conductivity or
66. s reading while the cell is in the process if a reference instrument is used to determine the conductivity of the process In this case the process fluid becomes the reference solution Calibration trim is recommended for acid concentration applications above 5 Calibration trim can be removed as described in this section For accurate measurement of total dissolved solids TDS a conversion factor is entered for each cell as described in Table 6 5 Input1 Input 2 Conductivity 8 7 2 Entering the Cal Factor for each cell Introduction Each type of cell has an associated cell constant this number is part of the cell model number The constant for each cell is entered during Input setup However for greater precision every Honeywell cell is individually tested at the factory and a calibration factor unique to that cell is determined The cal factor for a cell can be found on the plastic tag hanging from the cell lead wires Procedure If you have not done so already refer to Table 6 5 Input1 Input2 Conductivity to enter the cal factor for each cell 8 7 3 Determining and Entering the TDS Conversion Factor Introduction The UDA2182 measures conductivity However the process value can be displayed in terms of total dissolved solids TDS If a TDS PV type was specified during Input setup Section 6 6 then the same menu in will contain an entry for the TDS conversion factor for each cell January 2009 UDA2182 Universal
67. selectable for further detail by highlighting specific event names and pressing Enter The calibration history has a capacity of 128 records January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 189 Calibration Histor 11 2 Clear Calibration History 190 Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Maintenance then press to enter the sub menu Use the AV keys to select Display then press to enter the sub menu Use the AV keys to select Clr Cal Hist then press to allow change Use the AV keys to select Yes then press to clear the Calibration History screen UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Diagnostics and Messages 12 Diagnostics and Messages 12 1 Overview Introduction This section contains information on status and alarm messages as well as on diagnostics and system error messages and Fail messages All these messages are displayed on the Status Message stripe If more than one message is active the display will cycle through all the messages and then repeat the cycle What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 12 1 Overview 191 12 2 System Status Messages 192 12 3 Calibration Diagnostics 193 12 4 Auto Cycle Fail Messages 194 12 5 Pharma Fail Messages 195 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 191 Diagnostics and Messages 12 2 Syst
68. selections or values read the General Rules for Editing and follow the procedure in Table 6 1 This procedure tells you the keys to press to get to any Setup group and any associated parameter prompt General Rules for Editing Selecting a parameter for edit e Display the screen containing the parameter e Use the AV keys to highlight the parameter name e Press to highlight the displayed current value Editing a parameter having a text string as an assigned value e Select the parameter as explained above e Use the AY keys to display other valid choices e When your choice is displayed press to select Editing a parameter having a numeric value e Select the parameter as explained above Use the lt gt keys to move the cursor to the digit to be changed Moving the cursor left into leading spaces changes space to 0 Moving the cursor right causes any leading 0 to change to a space If you hold down the lt key the cursor will move to the left and increment to the next highest digit available for the particular parameter If you hold down the gt key the cursor will move to the right and increment the next lowest digit available for the particular parameter e Use the AV keys to increment or decrement the numerical value at and to the left of the digit Increment decrement past range limit displays limit value and causes status message Use the lt gt keys to move the cursor to the next digit Repeat When all di
69. setpoint can vary between installations depending on pH reducing agent presence of additional contaminants and dissolved oxygen and the type of reference electrode used Determine the exact setpoint empirically This ORP setpoint should be at a potential where all of the Cr has been reduced without excess sulfite consumption which can release sulfur dioxide gas This point can be verified with a sensitive colorimetric test kit or similar check REDOX POTENTIAL mV VOLUME OF BISULFATE ADDED Figure 15 6 Chrome Reduction Typical Titration Curve January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 209 Appendices lt Chrome reduction is slow enough that 10 to 15 minutes may be required for a complete reaction and this time increases if pH is controlled at higher levels The pH also has a direct effect on the ORP potential as shown in Figure 15 6 Therefore pH must be controlled to achieve consistent ORP control Second Stage of Chrome Removal Neutralize the wastewater In this stage the wastewater is neutralized to precipitate the Cr as insoluble chromium hydroxide Cr OH 3 Another reason is to meet the discharge pH limits Sodium hydroxide or lime is used to raise the pH to 7 5 to 8 5 in the following reaction Cr2 SO 6NaOH gt 3Na SO 2Cr OH pH control point close to neutral point Control of pH in the second stage is more difficult than in the first because the control p
70. signal input will result in a proportional change in the output per the feed forward gain parameter FF Gain 1 000 default Feed Forward Gain used to calculate the 0 1 to 1000 0 change in the PID output based upon a change of the feed forward input signal TRC Select Any Digital Signal TRC tracking control selects the tracking See Table 6 4 mode TRV Select au Analog Signal TRV tracking value is the commanded ee Table 6 3 output value in percentage PID Output TRV Input when TRC ON When TRC is active the front panel display will indicate TRC for the PID loop Variables can be connected to TRC and TRV to allow remote control of the PID output TRC can be connected to a digital variable TRV can be connected to an analog variable Manual Permit Enable default Allows the operator to select Manual Operation Disable of the PID loop from the PID Operator Display Auto Permit Enable default Allows the operator to select Auto Operation of Disable the PID loop from the PID Operator Display LSP Permit Enable default Allows the operator to select the Local Setpoint Disable from the PID Operator Display RSP Permit Enable default Allows the operator to select the Remote Disable Setpoint from the PID Operator Display 96 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Table 6 14 PID Tuning Sub menu selection Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition PID 1 Tune PI
71. the curve is quite flat at 0 55V This means that even rather large changes in the probe current voltage characteristic do not affect the current and thus probe sensitivity at 0 55V In general the curve formed by decreasing voltage is not identical to that formed by increasing voltage This hysteresis is a function of the voltage scan rate and may be ignored The interpretation of figure shown above is as follows As the bias voltage of the oxygen consuming electrode relative to an internal reference electrode is increased there is an initial increase in current as more and more of the oxygen that approaches the electrode is reacted However at about 0 2V the current stops rising and a flat region independent of voltage is observed It is in this region that probe current is determined by oxygen mass transport limitation Increasing the voltage cannot increase the current because oxygen movement is diffusion limited Finally at a voltage January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 173 Input Calibration exceeding 0 8 volts a second process water reduction begins to occur and the current again rises To achieve stable results the probe should be operated within the flat region so that small changes in the probe characteristics result in negligible changes in probe current In some industrial wastewater applications particularly those in petroleum refineries active gases dissolved in the wastewater can cause thi
72. the requirements of the test for conductivity If the conductivity is greater than 2 1 m S cm proceed with Stage 3 Stage 3 must be completed within approximately 5 minutes of the conductivity determination in stage 2 While maintaining the sample temperature at 25 1 adda saturated potassium chloride solution to the same water sample 0 3 mL per 100 mL of the test specimen and measure the pH to the nearest 0 1 pH unit as directed under pH 791 From USP section lt 645 gt determine the desired conductivity value for a pH value between 5pH and 7pH If the measured conductivity is not greater than the conductivity from USP section lt 625 gt the water meets the requirements for stage 3 purified water If either the measured conductivity is greater than this value or the pH is outside of the range of 5 0 to 7 0 the water does not meet the requirements of stage 3 purified water For Procedure steps in each stage refer to UPS section lt 645 gt Test Procedure for Purified Water and Water for Injection January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 33 erating the Analyzer The UDA also supports Pharma Europa PhEur section 2 2 38 which specifies tests for determining Highly Purified Water which are identical to USP Stages 1 2 and 3 PhEur adds a less demanding test for determining Purified Water at the end of the sequence 5 8 3 Access to Pharma Display e When Pharma is enabled see Input Configuration
73. to a proportional current Current Type or time proportional or frequency proportional relay Anlg Var 1 Analog Variable 1 Initial values of Analog Variable 1 applied at power on Anlg Var 2 Analog Variable 2 Initial values of Analog Variable 2 applied at power on Anlg Var 3 Analog Variable 3 Initial values of Analog Variable 3 applied at power on Anlg Var 4 Analog Variable 4 Initial values of Analog Variable 4 applied at power on Table 6 4 Digital Signal Sources Digital Signal Description Definition Alarm 1 Alarm 1 Any Alarm 1 configuration See Table 6 8 for Alarm configuration Alarm 2 Alarm 2 Any Alarm 2 configuration See Table 6 8 for Alarm configuration Alarm 3 Alarm 3 Any Alarm 2 configuration See Table 6 8 for Alarm configuration Alarm 4 Alarm 4 Any Alarm 4 configuration See Table 6 8 for Alarm configuration Monitor 1 Monitor 1 Any Monitor 1 configuration See Table 6 9 for Monitor configuration Alarm Group 1 Alarm Group 1 Is the OR of the Alarm 1 4 signals Will be TRUE when any Alarm 1 4 is TRUE If a single digital signal is needed to go TRUE for any alarm OR alarm group 1 and alarm group 2 together to create a logic signal Alarm Group 2 Alarm Group 2 Is the OR of the PID Control alarm signals Will be TRUE when any PID Control Alarm is TRUE If a single digital signal is needed to go TRUE for any alarm OR alarm group 1 and alarm group 2 together to create a logic signal
74. up the unit Do not apply power until the case is closed 7 PV INPUT CAL Press Use Av to select Input 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal 8 Enter IN 1 pH ORP Cal Press Enter Sample Cal ORP Offset Reset ORP Offset 9 e Put the unit in Hold mode 10 Enter The display will show the Press Enter Oxidation Reduction Potential in Millivolts The value should match the Input signal 11 Ignore the instructions to put the electrode in the reference solution Instead apply an appropriate millivolt signal between 2000 and 2000 mV to the input terminals To obtain a negative value you must reverse the input to the unit as described in Step 5 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 155 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 12 Once the reading is stable if it Change to Sample value does not match the input Use AY to change the value to i match the Voltage being applied signal press to the input terminals Enter to save Exit to cancel 13 Enter This will standardize the unit Press Enter 14 Take the unit out of Hold and return to the calibration menu 15 Turn off the voltage source and turn off power to the Analyzer Do not open the case until power is disconnected 16 Reconnect field wiring removed in Step 5 17 Re insert the terminal board into the case 18 Close the case and power up the unit Do not apply power until case is closed
75. variations have a direct effect on the dissolved oxygen concentration during normal measurement so no pressure compensation is applied at that time The information given below is only for reference to published solubility tables and is not needed for operation of the Analyzer The equilibrium concentration of oxygen dissolved in a liquid is directly proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen in the vapor phase with which the solution is in contact Dry air which contains 20 9 oxygen will have an oxygen partial pressure of 159 mmHg if the total pressure is 760 mmHg Tables of oxygen solubility are normally referenced to this value An altitude or pressure correction must be made when conditions differ from this level The correction is made using the following equation S S P p 760 p where S is the solubility at barometric pressure of interest P S is the solubility at 760 mmHg at a given temperature P is the barometric pressure p is the partial pressure of water at the given temperature Temperature Honeywell dissolved oxygen probes and analyzers include temperature sensors and an automatic temperature compensation algorithm The algorithm takes the raw oxygen signal from the probe which is proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen and converts it into the actual concentration of oxygen at the measuring temperature The algorithm is based on the decreasing solubility of oxygen with increasing temperature and on t
76. you an option to exit or recalibrate Press ENTER to recalibrate Press EXIT to return to Input Cal Screen 7 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the See Table 12 2 screen Make necessary adjustments and re calibrate Running a Probe Bias Scan Introduction The dissolved oxygen probe is an electrochemical cell which produces an electric current that is directly proportional to the concentration of oxygen dissolved in the sample in which the probe tip is immersed When the probe is in air the current is identical to that produced when the probe is in air saturated water This current is a direct measurement of oxygen level Usually the probe is operated at 0 55V with respect to a reference electrode within the probe The minus sign is omitted from the screen as well as from the following discussion However in some applications the performance of the DO probe can be enhanced by using other bias voltages The purpose of this test is to evaluate whether the probe bias voltage should be adjusted Possible interference with probe performance may also be inferred from the Probe Bias Test PBT Test initiation When the test is initiated the bias voltage is adjusted down from its original value usually 0 55V at 25mV sec until OV is reached Then the bias voltage is driven up to 1 0 V at 25mV sec and finally it is driven down again until it has retu
77. 08 Terminal Designations for Conductivity 128 Wire Size AWG iiiar enri e e aleras euet 69 Terminal Designations for Dissolved Oxygen 129 Wire Size Sq MM 0 0 eeeecceceesceceseeeeeeeesneeeessneeeessneeeees 70 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode 119 Wireless Interface cc ccecsseesseeeessesesseeseeeseeeeeees 6 Wiring for immunity compliance cceeeeeeeeee 16 Wiring terminals and board location ee 116 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 243 Index 244 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 245 Sales and Service For application assistance current specifications pricing or name of the nearest Authorized Distributor contact one of the offices below ASIA PACIFIC Control Products Asia Pacific Headquarters Phone 65 6355 2828 Fax 65 6445 3033 Asia Pacific Global Technical Support Field Instruments Phone 65 6580 3156 Fax 65 6445 3033 Process Instruments Phone 603 76950 4777 Fax 603 7958 8922 Australia Honeywell Limited Phone 61 7 3846 1255 FAX 61 7 3840 6481 Toll Free 1300 36 39 36 Toll Free Fax 1300 36 04 70 China PRC Beijing Honeywell China Inc Phone 86 10 8458 3280 Fax 86 10 8458 4650 China PRC Shanghai Honeywell China Inc Phone 86 21 5257 4568 Fax 86 21 6237 2826
78. 197 199 Ethernet and Communications ccceeeeeeeee 193 Ethernet POM ersen era ane aiga gn 49 Ethernet TCP IP Communications Interface 7 Event HiIStO y piaia iie ari aere piapia 45 Extract Wait Sre presiserer ii 100 240 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual F RailSate iit s teen iets oars eave Sete 63 65 70 72 Failsafe Output Value ecceeseseeeeseeeeeeneeseeeeees 94 Features isin Glee ee 3 Feed Forward Gain c ccccccesseeseseeeeseeteseeeeseeteaees 95 Feedforward SOUrCE c ccccceeeseeesseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaees 95 Filter Time eeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeseeeeneees 63 65 70 72 85 Frequency proportional output 2 cceeeeeeeeeeee 77 Frequency Proportional Output cceeeeteeee 76 FUNCTION Generator cece cesses eeteeeesetetecseseeees 89 FUNCTION Generators ccceeeeeeteeeeeteteeseteeeesesenees 88 Fuzzy Overshoot Suppression ccceeeeeteteeees 96 G GAIT wccac bk Att See E mht des Set 85 96 Gain or Prop Band 2 o eeecceeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeteteneeteneetaes 97 General Rules for Editing ccecseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 54 General Wiring Practices ccceeeeeeees 16 113 Glass Meredian External Preamp cceeeeee 124 Glass Meredian Il eeeeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 120 H Meaderiviii een dl ote et ein en ee 109 High Monitor es scetatiecedete chai aegis 83 High Noise Immunity eeeceeeeeeeee
79. 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 9 Cation Calc Display 5 9 1 Overview This group allows you to configure dual conductivity inputs for cation or degassed CO2 measurement The cation selection of Ammonia or Amines will display a calculated pH value from differential conductivity and provide continuous pH monitoring using reliable maintenance free conductivity cells An outline of the conductivity cells installation is illustrated in Figure 5 6 1 Gasses ell Drain Reboiler Inlet Degassed Conductivity From Cell 3 Cation Conductivity From Cell 2 Specific Conductivity From Cell 1 UDA for Cation Conductivity UDA for Degassed CO Figure 5 6 UDA for Cation and Degassed CO2 5 9 2 How it works UDA2182 will monitor on line treated water for Specific Conductivity and Cation bed discharge conductivity using reliable and maintenance free Honeywell conductivity cells and calculate the pH using the assumption that the water is pure water with Amine type treatment chemical and residual trace un removed salts pH Calculation from Cation and Specific Conductivity The equipment consists of Cell 1 which is used for specific conductivity determination of the influent water sample The water sample is then passed through a strong acid cation exchange resin which replaces all cations in the influent stream with hydrogen ion On passing though the resin a second Cell 2 is used to measure the effluent or catio
80. 7 10 Option Card Analog Output 3 Analog Output 3 Case earth Ground Digital Input 1 Digital Input 1 Digital Input 2 Digital Input 2 Case earth Ground Relay Output 3 N O Relay Output 3 COM Relay Output 3 N C Relay Output 4 N O Relay Output 4 COM Relay Output 4 N C Case earth Ground Contact Closure only Figure 7 20 Terminal Designations for Option Board January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 135 Input Calibration 8 Input Calibration 8 1 Overview Introduction The section describes the calibration procedures for the following Input Cal calibrate Input I and Input 2 for pH ORP Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen For other Calibration Procedures refer to the sections listed below Output Cal calibrate Analog Output 1 Analog Output 2 and Analog Output 3 See Section 1 Temp Input Cal calibrate Temperature 1 and Temperature 2 for pH ORP or Conductivity See Section For Calibration History refer to Section 11 What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 8 1 Overview 136 8 2 Calibration Menu 137 8 3 pH ORP and Conductivity Overview 138 8 4 Recommendations for Successful Measurement and Calibration 139 8 5 pH Calibration 140 8 6 ORP Calibration 151 8 7 Conductivity Calibration 157 8 8 Dissolved Oxygen Calibration 166 136 UDA2182 Un
81. 82 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Select piping and valves based on chemical resistance and pressure ratings Make the process connections as shown in Figure 15 12 or Figure 15 13 Materials and components should be carefully selected for chemical resistance to process and buffer solutions at anticipated temperatures Be sure that valves and fittings have sufficient pressure ratings to withstand pressure peaks which will occur when process flow is blocked Minimize liquid volume in system Keep pipe sizes small and couplings close to minimize the liquid volume in the system Smaller volumes require less buffer solution and less time to rinse and to calibrate January 2009 Items outside this area provided by user ex l l l buffer buffer solution 1 solution 2 P A ee U l to process Pal Gectode oH is Badate L to drain process l sample nse water S1 Two Point Calibration Alarms Held Relay 1 Activated Rinse Dura anette ize Duration Relay 2 Activated Slope Duration Relay 3 Activated Same Period as Standardize Resume Delay Time Seconds i Cleaning Calibration a days or hours C TI C Two Point AutoCal Operation One point AutoCal and AutoClean operations omit steps using Relay 3 and Relays 2 amp 3 respectively TME Interval Between p Figure 15 13 Two Point AutoCal Ope
82. 99 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 9 Y9 99999 to 999999 Default 80 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 9 X10 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 10 Y10 99999 to 999999 Default 90 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 10 X11 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 11 Y11 99999 to 999999 Default Y value at Input Breakpoint 11 100 000 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 91 Configuration 6 14 PID Control Configuration Overview PID Option Proportional P Integral I and Derivative D 3 mode control action based on the deviation or error signal created by the difference between the setpoint SP and the Process variable analog input value PV PID Tuning parameters are available Automatic tuning with Fuzzy Logic Overshoot Suppression can be configured Other parameters listed in this group deal with how the analyzer will control the process including PV High and Low Setpoint High and Low limits the Control Algorithm and Action PID Tracking TRV and TRC Number of Tuning Parameter Sets and associated parameters Setpoint Rate Power up Recall Output Limits Failsafe Output Value Alarm setpoint type and value and Alarm Hysteresis PID Tracking PID tracking is a means to control a PID s output without the PID loop winding up It is accomplished by the use of two inputs TRC tracking control selects the tracking
83. A E CUSTOMER PANEL 1 6 06 to 6 35 MAX 0 25 152 5 98 4 22 22 87 holes for lead wires and conduit fittings conduit fittings supplied by user Figure 3 1 Panel Mounting Dimensions not to scale Panel Mounting Procedure Table 3 2 Panel Mounting Procedure Mark and cut out the analyzer hole in the panel according to the dimension information in Figure 3 1 Orient the case properly and slide it through the panel hole from the front Customer will need to provide a rear panel support plate to maintain NEMA4 protection if primary panel thickness is less that 2 3mm 0 09 thick See Figure 3 2 Remove the mounting kit from the shipping container and clamp the edges of the cutout between the case flange and the supplied U bracket that is fastened to the rear of the case using 2 M5 X 16mm long screws and 2 M5 lock washers supplied January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 11 Unpackin Rear Panel Support Plate Dimensions be 156 7s 14 ge etl 2 3 MIN paa ka 6 1403 j 5512 00 3 07 59 2 75199 NOTE 39 5 CUSTOMER WILL NEED TO PROVIDE A REAR PANEL SUPPORT 03 PLATE TO MAINTAIN NEMA4 PROTECTION IF PRIMARY PANEL anaes 5 THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 2 3mm 0 09 THICK Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Support Plate Dimensions 12 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009
84. A approved wire Slide the retainer to the left then slide the terminal board back into place Slide retainer to engage the tabs and tighten the screws Close the Bezel and secure four captive screws to a torque value of 20 Nm 1 5 Lb in Power up the unit Do not apply power until the bezel is closed UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Power Wiring Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Analog Output 2 4 Analog Output 2 Relay Output 1 N O Relay Output 1 COM Relay Output 1 N C ARI Relay Output 2 N O Relay Output 2 COM Relay Output 2 N C AC Hot L1 ACNL2 Case Earth Ground Hie Grounding Stud on Case Figure 4 1 Power Wiring January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 19 Operating the Analyzer 5 Operating the Analyzer 5 1 Overview Introduction This section contains instructions for operating the Analyzer What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 5 1 Overview 20 5 2 Analyzer Overview 21 5 3 Key Navigation 22 5 4 Displays Overview 23 5 5 Input Displays 25 5 6 PID Displays 26 5 7 Auto Cycle Displays 28 5 8 Pharma Display 33 5 10 Status Display 41 5 11 Event History 46 5 12 Process Instrument Explorer Software 48 20 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 2 Analyzer Over
85. AC or less obtain an isolated transformer and power the analyzer from that UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 9 Appendix H DO Probe and Analyzer Tests Before performing air leak detection it is necessary to determine that both Probe and Analyzer are working properly Assumptions e The probe and analyzer should be connected the analyzer powered up and the probe in the process water for at least 24 hours prior to testing e No additional configuration should be done e The process is as it would be normally All equipment in the process is online and contributing to the process This is to ensure that the Probe and Analyzer are working in a known environment Check for probe membrane leakage If the probe has membrane leaks incorrect readings may occur Follow this procedure to check for probe membrane leakage 1 Remove probe from analyzer and process 2 Using either the flow chamber or original protective adapter screw this piece on the probe If using the adapter wrap electrical tape around the adapter to seal the holes 3 Next wrap electrical tape around the hole on the side of the probe The intent is to create a reservoir for the sealed probe 4 Position probe with the membrane pointing up 5 Make a solution of salt water using 2 T of salt and 8 oz of water 6 Fill the probe via the adapter or flow chamber opening with the salt water until water is overflowi
86. AT cycle period 1 to 1999 seconds PFT maximum frequency 1 to 200 pulses minute PFT pulse width 50 ms compatible with electronic pulse type metering pumps Remote Preamplifier Input Option Optional input card to accept input signal from Honeywell digital preamplifiers Meridian Il 31075707 and 31022283 Durafet 31079288 and Cap Adapter cables pH Temperature Compensation Conventional compensation for changing electrode output Nernst response plus selectable solution temperature compensation for high purity water Calculated pH from Differential Conductivity User selectable when unit has two Conductivity inputs Used when ammonia or amine is the water treatment chemical Auto Buffer Recognition pH User Selectable Available Buffer Series NIST USP US and Euro Conductivity NaCl HCl H2SO 4 PO NaOH NH3 C4H gC Pure Water Custom User Selectable Compensations Dissolved Oxygen Max flowrate probe 950 ml min with flow chamber no dependence on stirring or flowrate Measurement Atmospheric pressure 500 800 mm Hg with internal sensor for calibration Calibration with either Air or Sample Auto Clean Auto Cal Function Real time clock is used to set up cycles to initiate a cleaning and calibration sequence Cycle Set up is user configurable Event History Screen Event history screen stores 256 events with a description of the event and a Date time stamp Calibration His
87. Address IP Address is 192 168 1 254 as shipped from the factory Recommended network configuration Use Switch rather than Hub in order to maximize UDA Ethernet performance Configuration Ethernet parameters are configured via the front panel or web pages Modbus TCP IP Five simultaneous socket connections provide monitoring of inputs outputs statuses alarms and variables Provides writing of variables for remotely modifying parameter settings Modbus TCP IP Data Format IEEE floating point and 32 bit integer Word swap configurable Web server multiple client support Multi language Web pages monitoring inputs outputs statuses alarms and events Multi language Email Alarm notification to eight email addresses These must be configured using web pages signed in as the administrator DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol selectable via web page or front panel Safety Compliance UL CSA General Purpose FM CSA Approval for Class I Div 2 Groups A B C and D T4 Ta 60 C CE Compliance CE Conformity Europe CE Mark on all models signifies compliance to EMC Directive 84 336 EEC and LVD Directive 73 23 EEC EMC Classification Group 1 Class A ISM Equipment Method of Assessment Technical File EN61010 1 EN 61326 Declaration of Conformity 51453667 Case Dimensions 156 mm X 156 mm X 150 mm 6 14 X 6 14 X 5 91 Panel cutout 138 5 mm X 138 5 mm 5 45 X 5 45 Panel thickness 1 52 mm 0 06 min 9 5
88. Band Prop Band is the percentage of the range of the measured variable for which a proportional controller will produce a 100 change in its output Rate 0 035 to 10 000 default 0 000 RATE action in minutes affects the control output whenever the deviation is changing and affects it more when the deviation is changing faster The amount of corrective action depends on the value of Gain January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 97 Configuration SS Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Reset 0 02 to 50 RESET Integral Time adjusts the control 5 output according to both the size of the default 1 000 deviation SP PV and the time it lasts The amount of corrective action depends on the value of Gain The reset adjustment is measured as how many times proportional action is repeated per minute Repeats minute or how many minutes before one repeat of the proportional action occurs Minutes repeat default Tune Set 2 None default Digital Source for selection of Tuning set 2 Monitor 1 Monitor 2 When active this input will override the current Monitor 3 tuning set selection and force the PID to use Monitor 4 tuning set 2 This applies for non duplex type eee A Note For duplex control types the tune set is T 4 automatically select by the output zone Tune 99 2 selected for Output
89. Buffer 1 stability check Use AV to change the value of Press the Buffer Up Down changes Buffer 10 Rinse the electrode thoroughly with distilled or de ionized water 11 Calibrating the Slope Place probe in Buffer 2 The display will show the pH of Press the buffer 2 solution as he el Follow the prompts at the top measured by the electrode system and DOMpM Ohne sorgen The reading will be automatically adjusted to match the known pH value stored in the UDA2182 memory Press Enter when stable 144 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 12 Once the reading is stable Buffer 2 stability check Use AV to change the value of Press the Buffer Up Down changes Buffer 13 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen OFFSET UNDERRANGE Make necessary adjustments OFFSET OVERRANGE and re calibrate Buffer span too low Slope underrange Slope overrange Solution Unstable Temp Too Low Temp too High See Table 12 2 for definitions 8 5 3 Buffering Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes Recommended for most applications This technique is recommended for best accuracy in most applications Materials Materials required are e Two standard buffer reference solutions that are at least 2 pH apart from one another
90. D 2 Tune Accutune Enable Disable default When enabled the analyzer will start controlling to the setpoint while it identifies the process and adjusts the Gain or Proportional Band P Rate I and Reset Time D tuning constants in response to setpoint changes and or Process Variable disturbances Fuzzy Logic Enable Disable default Fuzzy Overshoot Suppression minimizes overshoot after a setpoint change or a process disturbance The fuzzy logic observes the speed and direction of the PV signal as it approaches the setpoint and temporarily modifies the internal control response action as necessary to avoid an overshoot There is no change to the PID algorithm and the fuzzy logic does not alter the PID tuning parameters This feature can be independently Enabled or Disabled as required by the application to work with Accutune Use Prop Band Enable Disable default When enabled Proportional band is used instead of Gain default See Gain or Prop Band Use RPM Enable Disable default When enabled Repeat per minute is used instead of Minutes per Repeat default See Reset Gain or Prop Band Gain 0 1 to 1000 0 PB 0 1 to 1000 0 default 1 000 Gain default is the ratio of output change over the measured variable change that caused it 100 PB where Prop Band is the proportional Band in of Input Range Proportional
91. Dissolved Oxygen value and bottom of the screen Press Enter when ready 5 Enter Cal stability check Press Enter This screen remains until the Air Calibration is complete At that time the previous screen is displayed indicating that the air calibration is complete Wait for cal complete 6 Cal Complete This screen gives you an option to exit or recalibrate Press ENTER to recalibrate Press EXIT to return to Input Cal Screen 7 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen Cal Factor Underrange Readings Unstable Cal Factor Overrange Refer to Table 12 2 Air Calibration is not completed until both the probe temperature and the probe signal are stable If the probe has just been removed from a sample low in dissolved oxygen or with temperature significantly different from the air temperature it takes longer to reach stability than if the probe were already near ambient conditions when calibration was initiated 168 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Sample Calibration Method Introduction Sample calibration allows a calibration based on a known dissolved oxygen concentration It is similar to air calibration except that the known DO value may be entered Assuming an accurate reference is available u
92. Example Alarm Event Source Type State Date Time ALARM 1 ON Alarm 1 Input 1 PV High On 2006 03 15 13 02 13 ALARM 1 INPUT 1 PV HIGH Figure 5 10 Alarm Event Display screen example Read Only 46 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Clear Event History January 2009 Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Maintenance then press to enter the sub menu Use the AV keys to select Display then press to enter the sub menu Use the AV keys to select Clr Evt Hist then press to allow change Use the 4V keys to select Yes then press to clear the Event History screen UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 47 Operating the Analyzer 5 12Process Instrument Explorer Software Overview Process Instrument Explorer lets you configure your analyzer on a desktop laptop or Pocket PC For details see Process Instrument Explorer manual 51 52 25 131 Features e Create configurations with intuitive software program running on a Pocket PC a Desktop or a laptop computer e Create edit configurations live just connect software to analyzer via IR port e Create edit configurations offline and download to analyzer later via IR port e Infrared port available on every UDA2182 e This software is available in English Spanish Italian German French Russian Turkish Polish and Czech e Generate Configuration R
93. Honeywell UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 70 82 25 119 January 2009 Honeywell Process Solutions Notices and Trademarks Copyright 2008 by Honeywell Revision 5 January 2009 WARRANTY REMEDY Honeywell warrants goods of its manufacture as being free of defective materials and faulty workmanship Contact your local sales office for warranty information If warranted goods are returned to Honeywell during the period of coverage Honeywell will repair or replace without charge those items it finds defective The foregoing is Buyer s sole remedy and is in lieu of all other warranties expressed or implied including those of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Specifications may change without notice The information we supply is believed to be accurate and reliable as of this printing However we assume no responsibility for its use While we provide application assistance personally through our literature and the Honeywell web site it is up to the customer to determine the suitability of the product in the application Honeywell Process Solutions Honeywell 2500 W Union Hill Drive Phoenix Arizona 85027 UDA2182 is a U S registered trademark of Honeywell Other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective owners ii UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 About This Document Abstract This document provides descriptions and procedures for the Installa
94. IST Conductance mS m default ISO Resistivity Conductance S m ISO TDS ppm TDS ppt Cond uS m 25 Concentration default Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance mS cm NIST Conductance mS m default ISO Conductance parameter S m ISO F ANCE 50 Concentration default Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance mS cm NIST gt INPUTS menu Conductance mS m default ISO Conductance S m ISO PV Range Read Only Cell Constant 0 01 0 1 default 1 10 25 50 The Cell Constant is a value specific to a category of cells for the measurement range required Cal Factor 0 850 to 1 150 default 1 000 The Cal Factor is a correction value applied to the cell s Cell Constant which is unique to each cell to take into account tolerances in manufacture If a standard cell is attached to the sensor the Cell Constant defaults to 0 1 and the Cal Factor defaults to 1 000 These standard cell parameter values are editable and are retained through a power cycle Cell Constant and Cal Factor are automatically uploaded from Honeywell conductivity cells with EEPROM blue amp brown leads and these values cannot be edited UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting TDS Factor 0 010 The TDS Factor is a conversion value applied t
95. In each instance you can edit some control parameters See Table 5 3 PID Loop PV1 or PV 2 Value 1or2 PV Units Control Mode Auto or Manual Relay 3 Physical State White De energized Black Energized White De energized Relay 1 Physical State Black Energized Output Value Setpoint Indicator Relay 4 Physical State White De energized Black Energized White De energized Black Energized Relay 2 Physical State Working Setpoint Value These Control parameters can be edited See Table 5 3 Figure 5 3 PID Loop 1 Edit Display screen example 26 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Changing Parameters on the PID Display When either PID Display is on the Display screen you can edit the Setpoint value Setpoint Source Control Mode and the Output value You can also enable or disable Accutune and Tune Set Table 5 3 Changing PID Parameters on the Display Press Action to access the PID Parameters You will see PID LOOP 1 LSP 0 00 SP Source Local SP Mode Manual Output 0 00 Tune Set 2 Disable Example PID Loop 1 Edit Display AV to highlight the parameter you want to change to access the value or selection of each 9 AV to change the value or selection Note Output can only be changed i
96. Make necessary adjustments and re calibrate 164 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 7 8 Resetting pH Offset If the calibration is suspect you can reset the Ph Offset and calibrate again In the same screen as Sample Cal use the AY keys to highlight Rst pH Offset CATION PH Sample Cal pH Offset 0 00 Figure 8 4 Resetting pH Offset Press ENTER The pH Offset will be reset to 0 00 default January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 165 Input Calibration 8 8 Dissolved Oxygen Calibration Overview The analyzer supports three methods of Dissolved Oxygen calibration Air Calibration is done with the probe removed from the process This is the recommended method of calibration and should be completed unless the process set up prohibits removing the probe This is recommended prior to installation as it saves system parameters that are used in optimizing error diagnostics If the probe has just been removed from a sample low in dissolved oxygen it takes longer to complete a calibration than that of a probe that is already near ambient conditions sample high in dissolved oxygen Sample Calibration Sample calibration allows a calibration based on a known dissolved oxygen concentration where a DO value may be entered that is based on a reference measurement Sample calibration is usually executed by leaving the probe in the mea
97. OUT7 FGEN OUTPUT OUT6 OUTS OUT4 OUT3 0 OUT2 OUT1 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 lt PID OUTPUT gt 0 100 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 89 Configuration Accessing Auxiliary Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Auxiliary then press to enter the sub menu Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 12 Auxiliary Configuration 90 Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition selection Switch 1 In A Source Any Analog Signal Analog Signal Source Process signal Switch 2 See Table 6 3 to be monitored by the Alarm Any In B Source analog source such as PV Temperature Pharma Math Function Generator Switch PID or Calculated Values units of measure between the two input boards must be similar Select B Any Digital Signal Digital Signal Source when active will See Table 6 4 select the B input source of the switch as the output Switch InA InB 4 Select B If Select B is OFF then Switch Output In A If Select B is ON then Switch Output In B Func Gen 1 Source None Function Generator selections have 2 Func Gen 2 Input 1 PV input sources Input 2 PV Input 1 PV and Input 2 PV PID 1 Out PID 2 Out ATTENTION The X n value must be lt
98. Offset or pH Slope will be reset to Factory calibration default for Durafet III 150 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 6 ORP Calibration 8 6 1 8 6 2 Introduction ORP calibration consists of adjusting the reading of the analyzer to match a known value There are two types of ORP calibration supported e To calibrate the system to compensate for changes in electrode potentials over time the ORP electrode is placed in a reference solution of known ORP value and the analyzer reading is adjusted to match this value as described in Section 8 6 Instructions for preparing standard solutions are also provided below These solutions are stable for only short periods of time less than 8 hours and are only approximations of ORP potentials e To calibrate the UDA2182 only not the whole system including electrodes apply a known millivolt signal to the Analyzer instead of input from the electrode then adjust the UDA2182 reading to match the actual millivolt input as described in Table 8 7 ORP Calibration Using Reference Solution Recommended to adjust for changes in electrode potential over time An ORP measuring system can be checked by measuring a solution having a known oxidation reduction potential then adjusting the UDA2182 to match Although a reference solution provides only an approximation of ORP potential the system can be adjusted periodically to compensate for changes in elec
99. Once the reading is stable Change to Buffer 1 value Use AY to change the value to Press match the actual pH of the Buffer 1 solution at its current temperature Enter to save Exit to cancel 7 Rinse the electrode thoroughly with distilled or de ionized water 8 Percent Theoretical Slope Place probe in Buffer 2 Adjustment The display will show the pH of the buffer 2 solution as measured by the electrode Press system Follow the prompts at the top y Press Enter when stable and bottom of the screen 9 Once the reading is stable Change to Buffer 2 value Use AY to change the value to Press match the actual pH of the Buffer 2 solution at its current temperature Enter to save Exit to cancel 10 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen Make necessary adjustments and re calibrate Buffer span too low Slope Percent Theoretical Slope underrange Slope Percent Theoretical Slope overrange Solution Unstable See Table 12 2 for definitions January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 147 Input Calibration 8 5 4 Sample Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes 148 Recommended where pH is stable or for high purity water applications This method is recommended only where the pH is stable and changes very slowly It is also recommended for high purity water measurement applications Spec
100. P p default 25 C Solu Temp Comp None default Custom Enter Solution pH C value Temp Input H20 Pure Water Enable NH3 Ammonia Phosphate Phosphate Morpholine Morpholine January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 65 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Solution pH C 0 0 default to Measured pH is displayed and transmitted normalized T 0 050 pH C to a solution temperature of 25 C as determined by ees a the current Solution Temperature Coefficient This is a a La expressed in units of pH C with precision to the pe omp hundredths decimal place The parameter Solu Temp ustom Coeff allows the selection of the following entries Follow the General Rules for Editing in section 6 4 1 to make the changes Will appear when first digit to the right of decimal point is changed Solution Type Temp Coefficient None Default 0 000 H20 Pure Water 0 016 NH Ammonia 0 032 PO Phosphate 0 032 C4HNO Morpholine 0 032 Custom User Entry PV Bias 99999 00 to PV Bias Constant is used to compensate the input 99999 00 for drift of an input value default 0 00 Failsafe 99999 00 to The output value to which the output will go to protect 99999 00 against the effects of failure of the equipment default 14 00 Filter Time 0 to 120 A software digital filter is provided for dampening t
101. S cm 0 20 mS cm 99999 uS cm 99999 uS cm 99999 uS cm 0 2000 ppb TDS 0 20000 ppb 0 200 ppm 0 200 mS cm 0 500 mS cm 0 a 000 i TDS TDS 0 2000ppm 0 10 conce Mem 0 200 ppm TDS TDS displayable to 0 20 0 2000 ppm TDS 0 20 ppt TDS ee aya91e 10 1EY o GONG 0 200 ppt a TDS UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 67 Configuration 68 Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting PV Type Cond uS cm These selections are only available with regard to the NIST default Cell Constant selected See Cell Constant Select Cell Cond mS cm Constant First NIST Cell Available Selectable PV Types Constant Use th AV k I Concentrtn se the eys to select TDS ppb 0 01 Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance TDS ppm mS cm NIST Conductance mS m default ISO TDS ppt Conductance S m ISO TDS ppb TDS ppm Resistivity Resistivity Conductance uS m ISO 0 1 Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance Cond mS m k Default mS cm NIST Conductance mS m default ISO ISO Default Conductance S m ISO TDS ppb TDS ppm Cond S m Resistivity Conductance uS m ISO Sa 1 Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance oncentrtn mS cm NIST Conductance mS m default ISO TDS ppb Conductance S m ISO TDS ppm TDS ppt TDS ppm TDS pot 10 Conductance uS cm default NIST Conductance ppt mS cm N
102. S cm for sulfate ion The analyzer does not provide temperature compensation in TDS for chloride or sulfate ions Out of range values forced to closest limit As long as the entered TDS value is within the acceptable limits for a given cell constant the Analyzer accepts the value If a value is outside the accepted range the unit will not display an error message instead it will force the value to either the high or low limit of the range of the cell constant Refer to Table 6 5 Input1 Input2 Conductivity for TDS conversion factor defaults Calibrate the Analyzer before entering TDS conversion factor If you intend to enter a cal factor or use calibration trim do so before entering the TDS conversion factor as described here If you use calibration trim first set the solution temperature compensation in Table 6 5 to the non TDS choice for your process For example if you plan to use NaC set the solution temperature compensation type to NaCl temporarily for calibration purposes Solution temperature compensation type is the one Input setup parameter that can be changed without triggering a cold reset Next perform the calibration Once calibration has been completed go back to Input setup and set the solution temperature compensation type to the TDS choice for example NaCl At this point you are ready to enter the TDS conversion factor as described in Table 6 5 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual Janu
103. TION ID value e The PID will have to be reconfigured to settings prior to upgrade January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 113 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 1 Overview Introduction This section contains instructions for wiring the inputs and outputs of the Analyzer What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 7 1 Overview 114 7 2 General Wiring Practices 115 7 3 Inputs and Outputs 117 7 4 Direct pH ORP Input Wiring Diagrams 120 7 5 pH Input from External Preamplifier Cap Adapter Wiring Diagrams 126 7 6 Conductivity 130 7 7 Dissolved Oxygen 131 7 8 Communications Card 133 7 9 Outputs 134 7 10 Option Card 135 114 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wirin 7 2 General Wiring Practices A A WARNING Qualified personnel should perform wiring only Safety precaution A WARNING A disconnect switch must be installed to break all current carrying conductors Turn off power before working on conductors Failure to observe this precaution may result in serious personal injury A WARNING An external disconnect switch is required for any hazardous voltage connections to the relay outputs A caution To avoid damage to the case when connecting to a rigid metallic conduit system the conduit hub must be connected to the conduit before
104. Use the AY keys to select Logic then press to enter the sub menu e Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 87 Configuration Table 6 11 Logic Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Logic 1 Type None default None Logic 2 ae Logic 3 AND AND Turns digital output ON when input IN A Logic 4 Source and IN B Source are ON Thus If all inputs are ON then OUT ON If any input is OFF then OUT OFF OR OR Monitors Input A Source and Input B Source to set state of digital output signal Note User must set q cae to OR if only one If A OFF and B OFF then OUT OFF E RITER being 1 A ON and or B ON then OUT ON LATCH LATCH Sets and Resets Latch state of the Output If AON B OFF The Output is Latched ON If ASOFF B ON The Output is Latched OFF If A and B are ON the Output ON If A and B are OFF the Output Latch State Power On considerations The output state of the latch is cleared on power on In A Source Any Digital Signal Input A logic source selections and Input B logic See Table 6 4 source selections In B Source Invert None default You can invert Input A or Input B or both If the INA input is inverted an input line that is
105. X n 1 value Thus if fewer than 11 breakpoints are needed be sure to configure any unneeded breakpoints with the same X and Y values used for the previous breakpoint UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition selection X1 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 1 Y1 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 1 X2 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 2 Y2 99999 to 999999 Default 10 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 2 X3 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 3 Y3 99999 to 999999 Default 20 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 3 X4 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 4 Y4 99999 to 999999 Default 30 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 4 X5 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 5 Y5 99999 to 999999 Default 40 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 5 X6 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 6 Y6 99999 to 999999 Default 50 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 6 X7 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 7 Y7 99999 to 999999 Default 60 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 7 X8 99999 to 999999 Default 0 000 X value at Input Breakpoint 8 Y8 99999 to 999999 Default 70 000 Y value at Input Breakpoint 8 X9 999
106. able to 20 000 uS cm 0 20 mS cm 0 200 ppm TDS 0 20 ppt TDS 10 Cell 0 2 000 uS cm displayable to 99999 uS cm 0 200 mS cm 0 2 000 ppm TDS 0 200 ppt TDS 25 Cell 0 20 000 uS cm displayable to 99999 uS cm 0 500 mS cm 0 10 Concentration displayable to 20 50 Cell 0 20 000 uS cm displayable to 99999 uS cm 0 1 000 mS cm 0 20 Concentration Temperature 0 to 140 C 32 to 284 F Dissolved Oxygen 0 20 ppm 0 200 ppb displayable to 20000 ppb 0 100 saturation displayable to 200 saturation Temperature 2 60 C 35 6 104 F must not freeze Keypad 10 Button Membrane Switch w Directional Functionality UV Solvent Abrasion Resistant Case Material GE Valox 357 un reinforced thermoplastic polyester Performances Under Accuracy 0 5 of reading reference operating Output Accuracy 0 01 mA conditions Drift Negligible Repeatability 0 05 Temperature Accuracy pH and Conductivity Thermistor 0 1 C from 10 to 100 C 1 0 C from 101 to 140 C pH 1000 ohm RTD 0 4 C D O Thermistor 0 1 C from 0 to 60 C Reference Operating Conditions 25 1 C 10 40 RH 120 or 240 Vac Operating Conditions Ambient Temperature Operating 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage 30 to 70 C 22 to 158 F RH 5 to 90 max Non condensing up to 40 C 104 F For higher temperatures the RH specification is derated to maintain constant moisture content Vibration 5 15 Hz disp 8 mm pk
107. air leaks and resulting problems pH ORP Conductivity or DO PROBE 3 6 Water trap keeps probe tip wet when sample water is turned off i 1 1 t 1 L 1 i i t L L t 1 L 1 OPTIONAL 3 WAY VALVE AND DRAIN FOR DISSOLVED OXYGEN INSTALLATIONS Ae So 5 oo Sho ese eS Se H 4 FLOW METER FLOW DRAIN Figure 15 8 Typical Probe Installation It is desirable for water to exit the manifold 3 to 6 inches above the sensor tip This will insure that the sensor remains immersed if sample flow is turned off The air vent extension is sized so normal sample flow does not completely fill this tube Its purpose is to prevent negative pressure within the manifold Without this air vent if for example the exit stream is discharged to a floor drain four feet below the manifold January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 229 Appendices ee 230 then the pressure at the sensor is four feet water column below atmospheric pressure Any fitting leaks at or beyond the flow adjustment valve will result in air infiltration into the sample This entrapped air can result in noisy and unstable measurement In the case of a part per billion dissolved oxygen DO measurement the indicated DO value can be substantially higher than the true value When it becomes necessary to discharge the sample stream in a loop higher than the manifold then the air vent should be lo
108. al Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 4 Recommendations for Successful Measurement and Calibration Selection and care of electrode system or cell essential Successful measurements and calibration depend upon selection and care of the electrode system or cells Always prepare electrodes or cells and their mountings in accordance with the instructions supplied with them observing temperature pressure and flow limitations Note the following recommendations DH ORP Calibration Rinse electrodes thoroughly between buffer solutions Always use HOLD or otherwise deactivate control or alarm circuits before removing electrodes from the process Standardize with a buffer solution which is at about the same temperature and pH as the sample solution Inspect and if necessary clean and or rejuvenate the electrode system periodically according to experience and conditions Conductivity Calibration For most accurate temperature measurement and compensation insulate the outer body of the cell to minimize the effect of ambient conditions on process temperature measurement Rinse the cells thoroughly with de ionized water before immersing in a reference solution Always deactivate control or alarm circuits before removing cells from the process Do calibration trim with a reference solution which is at about the same temperature and conductivity as the process solution Inspect and if necessary clean th
109. also displayed during a fail state These messages are listed below Table 12 4 Pharma Fail Messages Warn Condition Diagnostic Message Stage 1 Measured conductivity PHARMA n PV LIMIT WARN exceeds Pct Warning value Fail Condition Diagnostic Message Stage 1 Measured conductivity PHARMA n PV OVERLIMIT exceeds 100 Stage 1 Temperature not PHARMA n TEMP OVERRANGE within range of 0 100 degrees PHARMA n TEMP UNDERRANGE C Stage 2 Conductivity due to PHARMA n PV OVERLIMIT uptake of atmospheric carbon dioxide is 0 1 uS cm or greater per 5 minutes Stage 3 pH not within range of PHARMA n PH OVERRANGE pit PHARMA n PH UNDERRANGE Stages 2 and 3 Temperature PHARMA n TEMP OVERRANGE narin tangs Obed 26 PHARMA n TEMP UNDERRANGE degrees C Status Condition Diagnostic Message Stages 2 and 3 Pharma PHARMA n TIMER ACTIVE January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 195 Ethernet and Communications 13 Ethernet and Communications 13 1 Overview For all information relating to the UDA2182 and Communications please refer to the UDA2182 Communications User Guide 70 82 25 126 196 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Accessories and Replacement Parts List 14 Accessories and Replacement Parts List 14 1 Overview This section provides part numbers for field replaceable parts and for accessories What s in this section The topics in thi
110. alves and fittings with appropriate pressure ratings Make the process connections as shown in Figure 15 11 Be sure that valves and fittings S1 have sufficient pressure ratings to withstand pressure peaks which will occur when process flow is blocked Minimize liquid volume in system Keep pipe sizes small and couplings close to minimize the liquid volume in the system Smaller volumes require less time to rinse 15 17 1 AutoCal Sequence and Piping Introduction AutoCal can include one point calibration standardization to adjust zero to compensate for electrode drift or two point calibration standardization and slope adjustment to also adjust span to match the gain of the Analyzer Controller to the electrode response Standardization and slope each depend on the electrode measuring a reference solution buffer of known pH Rinse and one point calibration sequence The AutoCal operation automatically occurs at the configured intervals It always includes AutoClean rinsing of the pH electrode in addition to any other AutoClean sequences that are configured to occur between standardization operations The sequence is described below 1 All alarm action is held at existing levels The output s can be held or be active depending on configuration Even if the outputs are not held HOLD ACTIVE is displayed on the alarm stripe because alarms are always held Also AUTOSEQUENCE is displayed Pressing the DISPLAY key will cal
111. ameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 8 Alarms Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Alarm 1 Source Any Analog Signal Process Variable Source Process Variable to be Alarm 2 See Table 6 3 monitored by the alarm Alarm 3 Disable Any Digital Signal Select any Digital signal to disable the Alarm Alarm 4 See Table 6 4 Type High default Alarm actions may be High or Low Low Setpoint Value 99999 to 99999 9 Setpoint value in engineering units in Engineering Units default 0 000 Latch Disable default When enabled the alarm is latch ON until Enable acknowledged from the Alarm Status display Hysteresis 0 0 to 99999 9in Hysteresis A user specified hysteresis value in engineering units the engineering units of the process variable default 0 000 source is provided Hysteresis in engineering units can be set from 0 to the input span of the monitored variable On Delay 0 to 120 seconds An on delay time value up to 120 seconds is default 0 000 available to prevent momentary alarm actions Number of seconds the alarm is active before activating the Output 82 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 10 Monitors Configuration Overview Monitor 1 2 3 and 4 A Monitor Block is used to determine when a process value is greater or less than a specified setpoin
112. ance then press to enter the sub menu e Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters e Press AV to highlight the parameter selection then press to allow changes Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 20 Maintenance Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range of Parameter Definition selection Setting System SW Version Software version Read Only number See note at end of table Language Language Set EE Multi language prompts guide the operator step by step through the configuration process English default assuring quick and accurate entry of all Italiano configurable parameters Deutsch Select from English French German Spanish Francais and Italian Language Set EE Espanol Language Set RT English Russian and Turkish Language Set RT English default Pycckn T rk e Language Set PC English Polish and Czech Language Set PC English default Polski Cesk Read Only EE Read only language set of the software Language Set RT EE English French German Spanish and Italian PC RT English Russian and Turkish PC English Polish and Czech Mains Freq 60 Hz default This function determines the frequency of AC line 50 Hz noise suppression for the input ADC circuitry 108 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration
113. ary 2009 Input Calibration 8 7 5 Performing Calibration Trim Introduction For most applications entering the cal factor for each cell will achieve satisfactory system performance However it is possible to perform a calibration trim procedure in which the Analyzer and cell combination are used to measure a reference solution of known conductivity the reading of the Analyzer is adjusted to match The same procedure can be used to adjust the Analyzer s reading while the cell is in the process if a reference instrument is used to determine the process conductivity In this case the process fluid becomes the reference solution Calibration trim is recommended for acid concentration measurements above 5 Materials To perform calibration trim using a standard reference solution follow the instructions in Table 8 9 Materials required are e A reference solution of known conductivity near the point of interest with the temperature controlled or measured and compensated to within 1 C Conductivities of potassium chloride solutions are provided in Table 8 8 Solutions must be prepared with high purity de ionized CO2 free water and dried potassium chloride e For acid concentration applications a certified reagent grade solution with the temperature controlled e Acontainer for the reference solution large enough to immerse the cell to measuring depth e De ionized water to rinse the cell January 2009 UDA2182 U
114. ation Calibration is aborted and original calibration factor is preserved SOLUTION UNSTABLE pH solution PV or temperature readings too unstable for successful auto buffer calibration Calibration is aborted and original pH offset for buffer 1 or slope value for buffer 2 is preserved SOLUTION TEMP TOO LOW pH solution temperature readings less than minimum of 0 degrees C Auto buffer calibration is aborted and original pH offset for buffer 1 or slope value for buffer 2 is preserved SOLUTION TEMP TOO HIGH pH solution temperature readings greater than maximum of 100 degrees C Auto buffer calibration is aborted and original pH offset for buffer 1 or slope value for buffer 2 is preserved January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 193 Diagnostics and Messages 12 4 Auto Cycle Fail Messages Overview Auto Cycle Fail is active whenever an auto cycle failure has occurred The status message Auto Cycle n Fail is also displayed during a fail state Once detected the current cycle proceeds immediately to the Probe Insert step if enabled or to the Resume Delay step The fail state remains for the duration of the Resume Delay whereupon the fail state returns to 0 and the fail message is cancelled A fail state also provides a detail message in the lower half of the Auto Cycle display regarding the specific reason for the error These messages are listed below Table 12 3 Auto Cy
115. ation which will result in a negative interference All amperometric probes are subject to reduction or oxidation interference as shown above In addition to the direct interference shown in these two equations the equilibrium probe provides an additional indirect interference In normal probe operation oxygen is consumed at the working electrode and an equal amount of oxygen is produced at the counter electrode In a positive interference condition such as 2 above chlorine is reduced at the working electrode and an equivalent amount of oxygen is produced at the anode This oxygen is electroactive along with the dissolved chlorine and is a contributor to the measured current In the absence of dissolved oxygen and in a negative interference situation as in 3 hydrogen gas is consumed at the working electrode and the opposite reaction the reduction of water to hydrogen gas occurs at the counter electrode In this hydrogen interference mode the probe is both consuming and producing equal amounts of hydrogen and is operating in a hydrogen detection equilibrium mode In cases of electrochemical interference if the interference is positive dissolved oxygen will be produced at the counter electrode giving a perceived higher oxygen reading If the interference is negative dissolved hydrogen gas will be produced at the counter electrode giving a perceived zero oxygen reading Sulfite Based Zero Testing 224 Often as a quick check to determi
116. ation using a pressure sensor built into the Analyzer The purpose of the pressure calibration is to calibrate that pressure sensor However this sensor has been factory calibrated and should not require re calibration Procedure Determine the true ambient barometric pressure such as from a calibrated pressure transmitter or a mercury barometer Absolute barometric pressure is required not the relative sea level pressure normally reported by the weather bureau Table 8 13 Calibrating the Integral Pressure Sensor Step Action Screen 1 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History 2 PV INPUT CAL Press Use AY to select Input 1 or 2 DO Cal 3 Press Air Cal Sample Cal Reset Cal Factor Pressure Offset Reset Prs Offset Bias Scan Bias Volts Reset Bias Volts Use AV to select Pressure Cal January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 171 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 Pressure Sensor Cal Press Display shows the barometric Follow the prompts at the top pressure value in mm Hg and bottom of the screen n Press Enter when stable 5 Once the reading is stable Change to sample value Use the arrow keys to change press the displayed value until the displayed pressure in mmHg agrees with the known pressure Enter to save Exit to cancel 6 Cal Complete This screen gives
117. ayed Pressing the DISPLAY key will call up a special display that shows how much time is left in the operation 2 Relay 1 activates 3 way solenoid valve S1 see Figure 15 11 to direct rinsing fluid to the electrodes for the configured rinse duration 1 to 1999 seconds If the measured sample is normally returned to the process but quantities of rinsing fluid cannot be tolerated there use an additional 3 way solenoid valve S4 It is activated simultaneously with S1 to divert the discharge to drain 3 At the end of the configured rinse time Relay 1 de activates the solenoid valve S1 and S4 if used After the configured delay period 1 to 1999 seconds the Analyzer Controller resumes sampling the process Note that even with S4 for diversion one system volume of washing fluid will pass to the process at this point 4 The HOLD and AUTOSEQUENCE messages are cleared Note that the operator can make the operation pause using the special AutoClean display If the operator does not remove the pause by pressing the PAUSE soft key again the Analyzer Controller will resume normal operation after 20 minutes 234 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 ae rinse cleaning TF i l solution 3782 y to process H y electrode to drain L lt n A e Items outside this area provided by user Figure 15 11 Automatic Electrode Wash Setup Select v
118. become more and more sensitive to ESD The damage incurred may not cause the device to fail completely but may cause early failure Therefore it is imperative that assemblies containing static sensitive devices be carried in conductive plastic bags When adjusting or performing any work on such assemblies grounded workstations and wrist straps must be used If soldering irons are used they must also be grounded A grounded workstation is any conductive or metallic surface connected to an earth ground such as a water pipe with a 1 2 to 1 megohm resistor in series with the ground connection The purpose of the resistor is to current limit an electrostatic discharge and to prevent any shock hazard to the operator The steps indicated above must be followed to prevent damage and or degradation which may be induced by ESD to static sensitive devices Wiring for immunity compliance A In applications where either the power input or output wiring are subject to electromagnetic disturbances shielding techniques will be required Grounded metal conduit with conductive conduit fittings is recommended Connect the AC mains through a fused disconnect switch Conform to code Instrument wiring should conform to regulations of the National Electrical Code 16 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Power Wiring 4 3 Power Wiring Considerations Recommended wire size Observe all applicable electrical codes when making powe
119. between 5 and 10 ppm or 5000 and 10000 ppb at 25 C the analyzer is working correctly If not the analyzer maybe the problem Consult Honeywell TAC for support Check that the analyzer and probe are working together correctly 220 1 If not already done connect the probe to the analyzer and power up the analyzer Put probe in a bucket of water for approx hour so it can stabilize before proceeding 2 Expose probe to ambient air for 3 5 minutes or until the temperature is stable see i ale Sy Se p 10 11 12 13 14 Press the Display key on the Analyzer until the following parameters DO TEMPerature SALinity and PRESSure are showing on the analyzer s display Perform a Visual Check on these parameters while the probe is in ambient Air The Temperature is not flashing and is between 15 35 Deg C DO s Barometric Pressure is approx in the range of 500 to 600 mmHg The Salinity value should be 0 0 PPT Indicates that Salinity is turned OFF If any of the above parameters are incorrect make the necessary changes to correct them so that they are as stated above Perform an air calibration When air calibration is completed look at the DO value and the Temperature on the Analyzer s display Confirm that these two parameters are correct by comparing them to values in Table 15 1 If the measured values are not similar to the table the probe is suspect call TAC for assistance With probe sti
120. bus RTU Slave ID 0 is offline Baud Rate 2400 default Modbus RTU Baud Rate 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Ethernet Port Reset Off default Enable selection resets the Communication card Enable It should be enabled when configurations for Ethernet are modified DHCP No default When YES Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Yes server automatically assigns a dynamic IP address to UDA The set dynamic IP can be seen from Comm Status display lpAddr Octet 1 0 to 255 These parameters are visible only when DHCP IpAddr Octet 2 option is NO IpAddr Octet 3 IpAddr pst 4 Allows you to assign Static IP address to the UDA SbntMsk Octet 1 0 to 255 These parameters are visible only when DHCP SbntMsk Octet 2 option is NO Msk T see i Allows you to assign Subnet Mask as per the local network settings Dflt Gtwy Octet 1 0 to 255 These parameters are visible only when DHCP Dflt Gtwy Octet 2 option is NO Dflt Gtwy Octet 3 Wy oe Allows you to assign the Default Gateway as per Dflt Gtwy Octet 4 the local network settings DNS Srvr Octet 1 0 to 255 These parameters are visible only when DHCP DNS Srvr Octet 2 option is NO DN E al oo Allows you to assign the DNS server IP address as per the local network settings January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 107 Configuration 6 18 Maintenance Configuration Accessing Maintenance Menu e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AV keys to select Mainten
121. c buffer recognition Buffer Group types NIST USP USA or Europe determines the set of standard pH buffer values to be used for Zero and Slope calibration by automatic buffer recognition Each of the available Buffer Groups is a set of 5 or 6 pH buffer standards Solution Temperature Compensation For high purity water measurement you can select pre set compensations or configure custom values USP26 Alarm Capabilities Relays can be configured to alarm on conductivity values as determined by the USP26 standards Computed Variables The availability of calculated variables in the list of available sources for alarms math and control and for status display is determined by similarity of units of measure between the two input boards For example with Dual Conductivity Rejection Passage Difference or Ratio can be displayed and assigned to the outputs or alarms CO concentration in ppm can be calculated from de gassed conductivity measurement January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 3 Introduction Password protection Keyboard security protects configuration and calibration data A password up to four digits can be configured If the security feature is enabled the password will be required to access configuration and calibration software functions Auto Clean Auto Cal Built in real time clock is used to set up versatile cycles that can be used to initiate automatic sensor cleaning and then calibratio
122. cated above the highest point in the loop UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 16 Appendix O Auto Clean and Auto Cal Examples Automatic Cleaning and Calibration Overview Although the Honeywell probe accuracy is unaffected by inert fouling there are two conditions where probe cleaning may be required These conditions affect all conventional dissolved oxygen probes as well The first is where the fouling is so thick that the response time of the probe becomes unacceptably long The second is where organic fouling is consuming oxygen before it reaches the surface of the probe A feature allowing automatic cleaning at preconfigured times is included in the UDA2182 analyzer Cleaning may be initiated with a frequency of every few minutes to monthly Cleaning Functionally relays within the analyzer are tripped allowing withdrawal of the probe from the sample turning on a cleaning spray turning off the spray and reinserting the probe into the sample Execution of automatic cleaning and calibration requires you to install a drive unit a solenoid valve and mounting hardware See Figure 15 9 Calibration Similarly all probes drift with time Although the Honeywell probe is very stable included in the analyzer is a feature that allows withdrawal of the probe into air for automatic air calibration at user configured times The sequence of calibrations and cleanings are user configurable
123. ce Solution 148 iy Mico ii oe Glew EE E eves ORP Calibration Using Voltage Input 0 151 BIDA acopogIa ONS e E tied i eet 94 Output 1 Fault Bobs ie Poe chs Lat 8 Bbc ols 8tN gt Wea an ded 59 Pere eee eee CeCe CCC C COCO CCC C OCCT CCST CTC C CCST CC Ce CTC C CeCe CCC e eee rere rer Output 2 Fault ssc cine 59 PID Alarm Status ssssssssieicicseseeeessssssssnnanni 41 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 241 Index PID Alarms si 2iaseieit ee eee el ak 97 PID Breet eeedevce bested hove Maw a eae eee det ee 94 PID Configuration ccceecceeeseeseeeeseneeseneeeeneeseneereaes 93 PID Controls sien eieiei aia 107 PID Control TAlarm 1 siseses aaen a 60 PID Control 1 Alarm 2 ccccceccessceceesteeeeeesteeeesnsees 60 PID Control 2 Alarm 1 ccccceceesceceesteeeeessteeeessnees 60 PID Control 2 Alarm 2 cccccccsesseeeeseteeeessteeeesssees 60 PID Control Configuration c cecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeaes 91 PID Display Editing 2 0 0 eee eeeeeseeeeseneeeeeeneeeeeenees 27 PID DisplaySich cc08scecscet aden ete E 26 PID TUNING rer ek ave ote iad 96 Pipe MOUNTING aeeie ionom aiiora aratta Apenina eaaeo 13 Power Modes irinna irta aa tedenhaeageastie 2 94 Power Out issii itin a a a 94 Power RequireMent ccsscceeesseeeeeesneeeeeeneeeeseaeees 6 Power Supply Analog Output Relay Output Card 132 Power WING ic ii pe tsinap ennerien 15 Power Wiring Considerations
124. ceeseseeeesseeeesseeesseees 24 Unpacking and Preparing cccccsesseeeeeeeeeeeees 10 Swithin esse heel ied ce caves terete a aE ei erect 89 Upper range limit defaults ccceceessteeeeeeteees 66 Switch selection Sii nr ena rrea 88 User interface naaier aiiai 1 Symbol Definitions 2 0 2 eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeaees iv y System Status MeSSAGES cecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneees 189 Variables a Mids i eee ee 43 T Voltage Outputs2 si cei act tee nni 176 Tag Names es5cic28 seeds esscte ages lass paaa aaae aitanta 24 Tag Names 2ctsecdn riiai e 109 W X Y Z TDS conversion factol c cccccccccceeecccceececeeee 154 155 Wall Mounting DimensionsS ccceeeeeeeteeeees 14 TDS Factotizen ainiicedesnt lish ihe 68 Watertight corrosion resistant case s 1 1 4 TEMP n OVERRAN GE cccccccccececcecccccctececctsecceee 189 Web pages ennnen el eee 49 TEMP n VNDE RAAN GE ccccccececccccccccececeecceeceee 189 WIG LAN NSE P E E EN E 7 Temp TE nn ania RER 62 64 68 71 Wire Len Fee tists enia aon a erpe dia 69 Temp UNits cccccsceeceeceeeesceseeeeeeeeeens 63 64 109 Wire Len Meters c cscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssesaaees 69 Temperature Compensation ccccccccccsesssessseeseeeees 6 Wine bengi e eae aa eaa ae Ea a aa areara 108 Temperature Input Calibration cscceeeees 183 WING SIZO evcveds coves ecg eceevees eii vedi wed eve wiv evedivdeeiees eis 1
125. ch available gauge choice in copper wire 1s 16 AWG 4 0 ohms per 1000 feet 18 AWG 6 4 ohms per 1000 feet 20 AWG 10 2 ohms per 1000 feet 22 AWG 16 1 ohms per 1000 feet For example suppose extension cables between the cell and Analyzer consist of 500 feet of 18 gauge wire and 200 feet of 16 gauge WIRE The cell has the TC head option 500 ft of 18 AWG wire 200 ft of 16 AWG wire T Honeywell Junction Conductivity Cell Box Figure 15 1 Example of a Conductivity Loop Because there are two different types of wire used in each lead to the cell in this example the total lead resistance is calculated as follows Note the analyzer accounts for the fact that there is always a pair of conductor wires in the system loop 0 5 x 6 4 0 2 x 4 0 4 0 ohms UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices Since the analyzer only allows entry of one wire gauge type we allow for the worst case condition by dividing the total resistance by the resistance per thousand feet of the higher resistance gauge wire In our example this would be 4 0 ohms 6 4 ohms per thousand feet of 18 AWG wire 625 feet Therefore in our example we would use the procedure in Table 6 5 and specify the wire gauge as 18 AWG and the length as 625 feet January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 201 Appendices lt 15 3 Appendix B Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation
126. cle Fail Messages Fail Message Reason Probe Extract Timeout Probe Transit enabled Extract Wait Src not None and state not 0 within Max Transit Mins of start of Probe Extract Probe Insert Timeout Probe Transit enabled Insert Wait Src not None and state not 0 within Max Transit Mins of start of Probe Insert Input Fault Input board PV or temperature fault has occurred during calibration fault type in status message Solution Unstable Buffer Span Too Low PH PV or temperature not stable for calibration within elapsed time limit Max Cal Mins Difference of PV reading for pH Cal 2 Slope and that of last pH Cal 1 zero offset lt 1 8 pH Offset Underrange PH calibration has calculated and rejected a zero offset lt 2 pH Offset Overrange PH calibration has calculated and rejected a zero offset gt 2 pH Slope Underrange Slope Overrange PH calibration has calculated and rejected a slope lt 80 PH calibration has calculated and rejected a slope gt 105 Readings Unstable Probe Current Too Low DO PV or temperature not stable for calibration within elapsed time limit Max Cal Mins Probe current is lt 5 pA during DO calibration 194 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Diagnostics and Messages 12 5Pharma Fail Messages Overview Pharma Fail is active whenever a Pharma failure has occurred Status messages are
127. cognition calibration you can select one of the other buffer pH values directly above or below the recognized buffer value in the current buffer group See Table 8 1 Calibrating the Slope In auto buffer recognition calibration you can select one of the other buffer pH values directly above or below the recognized buffer value in the current buffer group See Table 8 1 Table 8 1 Standard pH Buffer Values Temperature C 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Group Buffer asse ia ve a a ie i 8 18 18 i an sor af son oof sao sor so aon ao a sas om oss om oo ome oa os su suf on sas 946 sa 935 ae oa oe om 930 vor oo pas pel ra nof rof ref ees 20 25 us ie osa zo zo o zo 20 20 20 20 2m 20 2o an sr os 0 so aof ao arf sof ona 7 00 i om os w w w oo 0o sof o0 as om pw rol u a ra rof nsf nof nef us ie ewoo 100 oss 056 os o o rof rof rof rof 10 m oae sa se se swf oof o o ae ase so oo oo orf oof sof sof sof sof so sol soo esf e sor sof sof om ra o rs 7r om 2 won w wef wwf 99s o0 os 9m o om os sa s oe no eel ra s ax s 142 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Procedure Make sure you have selected PV Type pH Glass pH Durafet or pH HPW in the Inputs configuration Table 6 5 Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 8 2 Calibrating pH Electrod
128. d to less than 15 5 above 40 C and less than 18 below 40 C January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 215 Appendices 15 7 Appendix F Using a Precision Check Resistor For Conductivity Introduction The operation of the Analyzer Controller can be verified by replacing the input from a cell with a precision check resistor across the Analyzer Controller input terminals In addition an 8550 ohm resistor Honeywell Part No 31233300 can be wired in place of the inputs from the temperature compensator to simulate 25 C the reference temperature The unit will display a simulated process value appropriate for the check resistor installed Equations showing the relationship between resistor rating and displayed value are provided below If the displayed value is incorrect the Analyzer Controller should be serviced This technique can be used two ways e Offline Install the precision check resistor temporarily in place of the input from either cell to check the operation of the Analyzer Controller When correct operation has been verified remove the resistor and replace the field wiring e Online To provide a constant check of the Analyzer Controller s operation in a critical process connect the conductivity cell to the Cell 1 input terminals instead of a Cell 2 input install a check resistor at the Cell 2 input terminals The Cell 2 process value should always be the appropriate va
129. de reasonable protection against harmful interference when this equipment is operated in an industrial environment Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause harmful interference This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and may cause interference to radio and television reception when the equipment is used closer than 30 meters 98 feet to the antenna e In special cases when highly susceptible apparatus is used in close proximity you may have to employ additional mitigating measures to further reduce the electromagnetic emissions of this equipment WARNING If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired 8 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Unpacking 3 Unpacking Preparation and Mounting 3 1 Overview Introduction This section contains instructions for unpacking preparing and mounting the Analyzer Instructions for wiring are provided in Section 4 power wiring and Section 7 input wiring Software configuration is described in Section 6 The UDA2182 Analyzer can be panel wall or pipe mounted Each unit has 4 22 22mm 87 dia holes on the bottom of the unit for lead wires and conduit fittings The user supplies the conduit fittings A caution To avoid damage to the case when connecting to a rigid metallic conduit system conduit hub must be connected to th
130. e Cal Pressure Offset Reset Prs Offset Bias Scan Bias Volts Reset Bias Volts Figure 8 6 Resetting Pressure Offset or Bias Volts Press ENTER The selected value will be reset to default January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 177 Outputs Calibration 9 Outputs Calibration 9 1 Overview Introduction The section describes the calibration procedures for the following Output Cal calibrate Analog Output 1 Analog Output 2 and Analog Output 3 For other Calibration Procedures refer to the sections listed below PV Input Cal calibrate Input 1 and Input 2 for pH ORP Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen See Section 8 Temperature Cal calibrate Temperature I and Temperature 2 for pH ORP or Conductivity See Section For Calibration History refer to Section 11 What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 9 1 Overview 178 9 2 Output Calibration 179 178 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Outputs Calibration 9 2 Output Calibration Introduction The UDA2182 is available with two standard and one optional analog outputs The output signals can be adjusted to trim the high and low output current or voltage values over a range of 0 4 of span to compensate for component tolerance variations Accessing the Main Calibration Menu and sub menus Press Catia The Main Calibration Menu will app
131. e Section 5 8 for details Cation Calc When cation Calc 1 or 2 is active there is a display screen for either cation or degassed CO2 measurement Section 5 9 Status Display of Alarms Status PID Alarms Status Logic Status Input Status Output Levels Relay States Monitor Status Math Values Aux Values Variables Comm Status System Status and Calculated Values Section 5 10 Event History Event History records events with timestamp Section 5 11 Events recorded include setup change power on calibrations no values and alarms with detail available on alarm type and source by scrolling and selecting event name Status warns of event history at 50 and 90 and when erasing old records Contrast Adjustment When viewing a PV or Control display you can adjust the contrast by pressing the oY key Bargraphs Overview Output Bargraphs will represent up to three current output values On the display the Bargraphs are the output in Engineering Units The corner annunciators are the physical relay states light de energized dark energized The third output and the 3 and 4 relays are shown only when the source other than NONE is selected Menu Indicators An upward pointing arrow indicator above the menu at the left end of the header appears when there are currently menu items above the screen accessible by moving the cursor up A downward pointing arrow indicator below the menu at the left end of the status footer appear
132. e cells periodically according to experience and conditions ATTENTION For successful measurement in pure water applications where plastic piping is used you may have to provide an earth ground for the cell Run a wire from the black electrode terminal of the cell to one of the earth ground screws January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 139 Input Calibration 8 5 pH Calibration 8 5 1 140 Introduction pH instrument calibration consists of standardization and slope adjustments Standardization is a pH Offset adjustment to compensate for electrode drift Slope adjustment is a span adjustment to match the gain of the instrument to the electrode output response For Durafet III pH electrodes initial factory default value of offset and slope are automatically uploaded by the UDA These values will appear in the pH ORP Cal screens Table 8 2 step 4 The analyzer supports two methods of calibration e With the Buffering method described in this section you use your electrode system to measure two reference solutions buffers having known pH values and then adjust the analyzer so that its readings match the actual pH of each ATTENTION The two reference solutions must have a pH difference of at least 2 e With the Sample method described in this section you measure your process both with your electrode system and with a separate accurately calibrated meter then adjust the analyzer
133. e conduit before the hub is connected to the enclosure ATTENTION When installing the unit you must select appropriate watertight fittings to insure watertight integrity What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below the Topic See Page 3 1 Overview 9 3 2 Unpacking and Preparing 10 3 3 Mounting 10 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 9 Unpackin 3 2 Unpacking and Preparing Procedure Table 3 1 Procedure for Unpacking and Preparing the UDA2182 ATTENTION For prolonged storage or for shipment the instrument should be kept in its shipping container Do not remove shipping clamps or covers Store in a suitable environment only see specifications in Section 2 ES Carefully remove the instrument from the shipping container Compare the contents of the shipping container with the packing list e Notify the carrier and Honeywell immediately if there is equipment damage or shortage e Do not return goods without contacting Honeywell in advance Remove any shipping ties or packing material Follow the instructions on any attached tags and then remove such tags All UDA2182 Analyzers are calibrated and tested at the factory prior to shipment Examine the model number on the nameplate to verify that the instrument has the correct optional features Select an installation location that meets the specifications in Section 2 The UDA2182 can be pan
134. e let E O bie iken hii eet di nate 140 8 5 2 Calibrating pH Electrodes Using Automatic Buffer recognition cece eeeeeseereeeneees 141 8 5 3 Buffering Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes 2 0 0 ce eeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeaeeenaees 145 8 5 4 Sample Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes 000 0 eee eeeeeeeceeneeeeeeaeeeeecnsecnaeceaeenaeens 148 8 5 5 Viewing and resetting pH Offset and Standardization pH Slope 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 150 8 6 ORP Calibration araea E een teen teteie shoots bts he Laveen A dana E 151 8 6 1 TMtPOMUCHON ss sccecieecioetslescarbeniecadistaderscdasetseins sscabbeteaed teed sachesdssageseshescebsosesedy oul elobeate n 151 8 6 2 ORP Calibration Using Reference Solution ceeceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeaeesaaeeaeees 151 8 6 3 ORP Calibration Using Voltage Input eee cccceeseeceeeeeeseceeeaeceeaeeceeeeesaeeeeaaecneaeeeaes 154 8 6 4 Viewing and Resetting ORP Offset 00 eee ceseessecseceseceseceseeeseesseeeeeeseneseaeeeaeeeaaenaeen 156 8 7 Conductivity Calibration sess den eann a gle cosa hed oe ead a Lined else teats 157 5 7 Introduction asernes a a aa E a acini neta os eee sited eesti 157 8 7 2 Entering the Cal Factor for each Cello eee ceecsseceeceseceseceseceseesseeeeeeseneseaeeeaeeeaaeeaeen 157 8 7 3 Determining and Entering the TDS Conversion Factor ceeeeeeseeeeeeseeereeeneeenseenaeens 157 8 7 4 Determining TDS conversion factor ees eseessecsecsseceseceseceeeeseeseeeseeese
135. e method follow the instructions in Table 8 4 Materials required are e A clean beaker for collecting the sample e A calibrated portable instrument for measuring pH of the sample e Distilled or de ionized water to rinse the electrode Procedure Make sure both inputs are Conductivity Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 8 10 Procedure for Sample Method of Calibrating Cation pH Step Action Screen 1 Prepare the Calibration meter 2 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AY to select Input PV Cal j Press Input 1 Conduc Input 2 Conduc Cation pH Use AV to select Cation pH January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 163 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 CATION PH Press Sample Cal pH Offset Rst pH Offset AV Use to select Sample Cal 5 e DONOT Remove the electrode from the process 6 Once the reading is stable Change to Sample Value Use AY keys to change the press displayed value to match the value on the portable meter Enter to save Exit to cancel 7 Follow the prompts atthe top Cal Complete and bottom of the screen A To recalibrate press Enter Enter recal Exit exit 8 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the See Table 12 2 screen
136. e with External Preamplifier January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 127 Inputs and Outputs Wiring Durafet Il Cap Adapter Wire Signal Color Name Blue 10 Volt Supply Green 10 Volt Supply Black Supply Common Orange 1681 pH Input Signal Remove pre wired Red jumper a Red with Black stripe Ter E aoe White x IGM Saree rears asaas Cable shield yellow to chassis ground screw Figure 7 12 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode with Cap Adapter 128 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring Durafet Ill Cap Adapter Wire Signal Color Name Blue 10 Volt Supply Green 10 Volt Supply Black 692 Supply Common Orange RRE pH Input Signal Remove pre wired jumper at terminals 5 amp 6 Red White Red with Black stripe iga ighe SSP SSceeraeereeerenes Cable shield yellow to chassis ground screw Figure 7 13 Terminal Designations for Durafet III Electrode with Cap Adapter January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 129 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 6 Conductivity 4 Wire Cond 18AWG Has no shield Wire Signal Color name Wire to chassis ground screw iei Earth Ground Figure 7 14 Terminal Designations for Conductivity with Integral Cable 4 Wire Cond 18AWG Has no shield Wire Signal Color name 5 Cable Shield Violet
137. ear CALIBRATION Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use the AV keys to highlight the Output Cal selection Press to display the sub menu for that selection Required equipment Output calibration involves connecting a meter to the Analyzer s output terminals The meter required for output calibration depends on the type of outputs e Current outputs current meter capable of resolving 0 01 mA over the range 0 to 20 mA dc e Voltage outputs a 250 ohm 0 05 shunt and a volt meter capable of measuring 1 to 5 Vdc within 1 mV A screwdriver to fit the terminal block screws and the screw securing the terminal board retainer is also required Procedure To calibrate outputs follow the procedure described in Table 9 1 Procedure for Calibrating Analyzer Outputs The output terminals are inside the case as shown in Figures 6 1 through 6 6 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 179 Outputs Calibration A WARNING While the unit is powered a potentially lethal shock hazard exists inside the case Do not open the case while the unit is powered Do not access the output terminal as described below while the unit is powered A WARNING A disconnect switch must be installed to break all current carrying conductors Turn off power before working on conductors Failure to observe this precaution may result in serious personal injury 180 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Prod
138. ect a beaker of the process sample from a point near the electrode mounting and measure its pH value with a calibrated portable instrument Special instructions for high purity water applications For a high purity water application do not remove the sample from the process for measurement Bring the portable instrument to the sampling site and measure a continuously flowing sample that has not been exposed to air This prevents lowering the sample pH by absorption of carbon dioxide from the air 8 Once the reading is stable Change to Sample Value Use AV keys to change the press displayed value to match the value on the portable meter Enter to save Exit to cancel 9 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen Make necessary adjustments and re calibrate See Table 12 2 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 149 Input Calibration 8 5 5 Viewing and resetting pH Offset and Standardization pH Slope If the calibration is suspect you can reset the pH Offset and pH Slope and calibrate again In the same screen as Sample Cal use the AV keys to highlight Reset pH Offset or Reset pH Slope IN 1 pH ORP Cal Auto Buffer Cal Buffer Cal Sample Cal Buffer Group pH Offset Read only pH Slope Read only Reset pH Offset Figure 8 1 Resetting pH Offset and pH Slope Press ENTER The pH
139. ed parameters Relays Configuration Table 6 7 configure Relay 1 Relay 2 Relay 3 and Relay 4 for Relay Types Digital Out Digital Output Relay Time Prop Time January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 53 Configuration 54 Proportional Output Pulse Frequency Pulse Frequency Type Frequency Prop Frequency Proportional or On Off type and associated parameters Alarms Configuration Table 6 8 configure Alarm 1 through 4 for Alarm s Source and associated parameters Monitors Configuration Table 6 9 configure Monitor 1 through 4 for Monitor Type Source and associated parameters Math Configuration Table 6 10 configure Math 1 2 3 and 4 for Input Source Math Type and associated parameters Logic Configuration Table 6 11 configure Logic 1 2 3 and 4 for Input Sources Type and associated parameters Auxiliary Configuration Table 6 12 configure Switch 1 Switch 2 Function Generator 1 and Function Generator 2 for pre control linearizing of inputs for Sources and associated parameters PID Control Option Configuration Table 6 13 configure PID 1 and PID 2 Configuration parameters Tune Enable Accutune Fuzzy Logic Use Prop Band Use RPM configure Tuning parameters and Alarms Parameters Setpoint types and Values alarm hysteresis Auto Cycling Table 6 16 enable Auto Cycle 1 and 2 and set rinse schedule and associated parameters Auto cycling provides automa
140. ee Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 61 Configuration AC 2 Cal 2 Auto Cycle 2 Auto Cycle 2 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Calibration Point 2 See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 2 Fail Auto Cycle 2 Failure Auto Cycle 2 Failure is active whenever an Auto Cycle 2 failure occurs Auto Cycle 2 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration Input 1 Cal Input 1 Calibration This signal goes TRUE when the calibration factor for input 1 is being calculated The TRUE state is active for less than one second Input 2 Cal Input 2 Calibration This signal goes TRUE when the calibration factor for input 2 is being calculated The TRUE state is active for less than one second Output 1 Cal Output 1 Calibration The signal indicates when the Output 1 calibration values are being changed The signal goes TRUE when the 4ma Offset or 20ma Offset is being modified The signal goes FALSE when the value is entered Output 2 Cal Output 2 Calibration The signal indicates when the Output 2 calibration values are being changed The signal goes TRUE when the 4ma Offset or 20ma Offset is being modified The signal goes FALSE when the value is entered Output 3 Cal Output 3 Calibration The signal indicates when the Output 3 calibration values are being
141. eeeeee 190 Pulse Output e risiedi renta iinitan isise 75 76 79 PV Bia Sirona oneste eani aae Eaa a EEAS 70 PV High uinen et 93 100 102 PV OW e a A 93 100 102 PV NINPUT OPEN ciest iaie 189 PVA OVERRANGE cise eeonieri neeesa i 189 PV n UNDERRANGE ecceeeceseeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeee 189 PV Soure nanana ee icc See r EENS 76 77 PV Temperature ececcccesceceeeseceeseseecensseeeeeeneeeers 24 PV Type iresi ennenen ine a 62 64 67 70 242 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual R Range Fight ini intial ink ae datas 73 Range Low n sass cecand sche enia paa A ea a anaman iE iS 73 Rate 2 oere ceee eee a 97 RATE aCtHOn Sisip aT 96 RallO scariest dees oe nian eee red daa ee 94 Readings Unstable oo eeeeeeseseeeseseeeeeeeneeeeeeee 191 READINGS UNSTABLE ccceesteeeeeteeeeeees 190 Rear Panel Support Plate Dimensions 12 Recommended wire SIZE neee 17 Relay Outputs cigit runie ardeidae 117 Relay State sce an r a aa a 111 ENES EE EET 42 Relay Type S virnas ayi e 76 Relays ilaer nil en LE pa aeaa 2 Relays Configuration cccceeecesseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 75 Remote Setpoint Permit ecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 95 Remote Setpoint Select cccccccesceeeessteeeeseees 95 Remote Setpoint Source cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteetenees 94 Repeat per MINUte eee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeseneeees 96 Replacement Parts List 0 0 0 esseeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeee 194 RESET
142. eeeeeee 11 A Saha tea Pat gp ee pe ae rh ae teeters 73 Panel Mounting Procedure 11 MA Range LOW scecsserssecseeseeseesecseeseeseesneesien Parameters Affecting Dissolved Oxygen Main Setup Menu cacrcseit peesiiecsnenep Seige ete 32 Measurement 2 cecceesceeeeeceeeeeseeereeseneeteneeees 219 Mains PTER itens SE aces a S A A 107 Part N mDerS ipine 195 Maintenance Configuration eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 107 Passwor Protection 4 Manual PEM susene S T Manual Select siseseesseeseeeneeneeeneenecaseensessennacaneeseeseeneeey 94 Pot Range gh 76 77 78 Math Configuration ceccceesceeeseeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeneeeees 84 Pot Range LOW ccccccccccccccccsssssssssssssssseeeeeesee 76 77 78 Math Ty e ae raar E A a etki es a aa Aa aa aN 85 Parcent Satuiation Beadotit a 299 Math ValueS c ecit ec aed eed 43 pH Amine pH 38 Maximum wire SIZC eee eeeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeneeeees 114 pH Ammonia een ese ea Soha 38 Measured Conductivity and Resistivity 2 02 22 3 PH Caratan OTT woes igg Meas tred PH roinnnn e a iaaa 3 T E 62 64 Measurement Errors cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeseeeenteeees 189 pH Glass 62 64 Menu Indicators ecccecceeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeereas 23 52 pH HPW P E O E E eee Communications ccccccccceceeeeesseeeeees pH Input from External Preamplifier Cap Adapter ON OT ssssssssssssssssssrsrsssssssssssnrnsennnnnnnnnnnn nnana nna Wiring Diagrams ssssssssssssssssssssses
143. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 4 Digital Output Relay eceeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeenees 75 76 Digital Signal Source eee eee eeeeeeteteteeeeeeeeees 58 88 Digital Signal Sources 0 eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteneeeeeeetenees 59 Digital Source i sesezi evisshdechegegscasahanges desc daceeicie eds 76 DIE i m ES PEE PETTE TT 62 Direct pH ORP Wiring Diagrams ceeeeee 118 Discussion on Chemical Interferences on Measured DOCUMENTS E Sisene noede korur riusan 220 Display oi a N E a a 5 Display Ranges c scicsissceisscesecpiscandasarecaeascecapeeserteses 5 Display TeSt isiv cn cain a eee 110 Displaysisia s etic date anna 20 23 Dissolved Oxygen eeceeeceeseeeeeeeeteeeeseeeteneeenaees 3 70 Dissolved Oxygen Calibration c eect 163 Dissolved Oxygen Measurement ccccceeseeeeeees 6 Dissolved Oxygen Wiring Diagrams 129 DO Probe and Analyzer Tests cccseseseeeeeteeees 216 DIUI EAA AE A E A beth chi Dt dees 94 DUP B riaan r E E elicit Er AA ln uavenc eens 94 D ratet lcscceccssia tees seatvhesitteddasaccchbecitsa te saees ieena riean 119 Durafet I Cap Adapter 00 ceeceseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 126 Durafet Il External Preamp ccceeseseeeeereeeees 125 Durafet lcci Se ee ae 118 Durafet III Cap Adapter eceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 127 E Enclosure rating aissei aeie raietan maakida ia 7 Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation Wide Range Onlly scceeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes
144. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneees 191 Terminal Designations for Meredian Electrode with Solution Unstable ccecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeennees 190 External Preamplifier ccceescceeseseeeeeseeees 124 OLUA E tii eet eect vite Sen ead 73 Terminal Designations for Meredian II Electrode 120 SP High Linita aee doe ee 93 Terminal Designations for Option Board 133 SP Low Limits a eepe heres a 93 Terminal Designations for ORP 121 SP SOUCG 20 ssc cdeaeiscsccktcc eh hac dingsetceicessteecee 81 82 85 Terminal Designations for Power Analog Output and Specific and Cation Conductivity Setup 00 38 Relay Outputs niesi eti ieii 132 SpecificatioNS ts i oe teeta ote 5 Time proportional output eee eee 42 75 76 Sar ROOT er ea lander ee ies Time Proportional Output Relay eeeeeeeeeees 76 Square Root TUNE Set 2 t ra an A 97 Standard and solution temperature compensation 3 Two Input Display 25 Standard pH Buffer Values for Automatic Buffer Two cell Applications ccceeeeseeeeneeeeteeeeneeeeaes 209 Recognition cccie eevecenceveceteeevecieecevecnereeuteeneetuoce 139 Standardization eesceeeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeenaees 138 U Starting Stopping the Auto Cycle eceeeeeeeee 31 Unit RESET era facade a initia e 108 Status Displays t s inc scxsiceists azecsascsseicereesd aai aa Ea ii 41 Unpacking visies tees hates cde cee teenie 9 Status Me SSAQES ccccccceesce
145. eeneeeeeeeneeereneeees 4 Hold ACtiVe 4 23s cme earn ia 30 HOLD AGTIVE snk E tart 189 Hold of Analog Inputs ec eeseeeeeseeeeeesneeeeeneeees 60 HPW 7000 seieitt cecedatiein eti lave ese 122 123 FIYSTCFESIS sect instill reaa tile aa ear e a a 81 82 I J Immunity compliance 113 INGOX E E A TA A T 236 Infrared COMMUNICATIONS ee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeenees 48 Infrared COMMUNICATIONS eeceeeeeeeeeeteteeteeeeeeeees 2 Input 1 Faulting eae Gil piaren anenai 59 Input 2 Fa lti ieran arain 59 INPUT BOARD n FAULT oasen 189 Input Calibration ee eeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 134 Input DisplayS eee eeeeeeeeneeeeesseeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeneeees 25 Input Errors dessins ai hd nasain peaareen 189 Input Fault cker beretan rantaa 191 INPUT n PROBE OUT OF SOLUTION 4 189 INPUT n TEMP OPEN 1 eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeee 189 Input Status ioi ase ei 42 INPUTS ii5 EE baat enia le disiian tidatuetas 1 Inputs ANd Outputs 0 2 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 115 Inputs and Outputs WiIriNG ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 112 Inputs Configuration ccecceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeteeeneereaees 62 Insert Wait Sie ce c cece iii iii 100 Installation Ratings cc eeeeeeeesseeeeesneeeeeeneeeeeneeees 7 installing Input and Output Wiring eeeeeeeeee 117 Installing Power Wiring e eeeeseeeeeseeeeeesteeeeeenees 17 Integral a e rriar earainn raaa a vas iaai 91 Ea E
146. eering Units used for activation of the output based upon the monitor type Hysteresis 0 0 to 99999 9in Hysteresis A user specified hysteresis value in engineering units the engineering units of the process variable default 0 000 source is provided Hysteresis in engineering units can be set from 0 to the input span of the monitored variable On Delay 0 to 999 seconds An on delay time value up to 999 seconds is default 0 0 available to prevent momentary alarm actions Number of seconds the alarm is active before activating the Output See Notes on next page January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 83 Configuration 84 NOTE 2 For High Monitor If Input greater than setpoint Output ON else if Input less than set point hysteresis Output OFF else Output is unchanged For Low Monitor If Input less than setpoint Output ON else if Input greater than set point hysteresis Output OFF else Output is unchanged UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 11 Math Configuration Overview The Math group has four Math selections Math 1 Math 2 Math 3 and Math 4 Math selections can be connected to any Analog Signal source Table 6 3 Math blocks include scaling for the linear selection only The Math Block can also be used for proportional control over the math blocks configured range for control of any Input PV Temperature or ca
147. ees 191 124 SOVERVIEW ec cisch25 5 3 fact Sloe a eae Gace EE e E coe ht otc eae olen EO Eaa aeo N es etter ae 191 12 2 System Status Messages iecicci iets ienie oE eea AE Ene ulate scien Galen E Re eie 192 12 3 Calibration Diasnosties s r een e e a AE E E E E E E E aietan 193 12 4 Auto Cycle Fail Messages is sccsictssechsi eschesterantetacertedl decacudsbucetin a E eE e o a ae seks atea ERA 194 12 5 Pharma Fail Messdg Shici reiasa ered ea Win aa OSS 195 13 ETHERNET AND COMMUNICATIONS cccsseeeeseeseeeeesseeeeeeeenseseeeeeeseeneees 196 132 QVERVIE Wisi weetiat Hea en a ad we baa eee ole Seer eae eid eee eee 196 14 ACCESSORIES AND REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST eeccessseeeesseseeeeenes 197 TAL QV Ervid Wass seseie etc Ha eee hens elie ee ete ede eee i leteoats 197 t42 Part Numbers scsi Sseh sstteis lover fs a Sis betes Sete Date a aae a R doth as 198 15 APPENDICES enee aaae aaae aa eaaa ae a raa A eaa E SaO SaS AANS gaa ARANES 199 15 1 Table of Content enie eienen ie aE a N eee ieee ee 199 15 2 Appendix A Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation csseesseceseceeeeeeeeees 200 15 3 Appendix B Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation Titanium Cells 202 15 4 Appendix C Cyanide Waste Treatment cece cesceseceseceeeceseceseecseecsaecaecnaecsaeesseeeseeeeeeeees 204 15 5 Appendix D Chrome Waste Treatment 0 0 0 cee cesceseceseceseceseceseeeaeecsaecaecsaeceaeesees
148. el wall or pipe mounted see Section 3 3 ATTENTION Pipe mounting is not recommended if the pipe is subject to severe vibration Excessive vibration may affect system performance Ea If extremely hot or cold objects are near the installation location provide radiant heat shielding for the instrument 3 3 Mounting Introduction 10 The Analyzer can be mounted on either a vertical or tilted panel or can be pipe or wall mounted option using the mounting kit supplied Overall dimensions and panel cutout requirements for mounting the analyzer are shown in Figure 3 1 Pipe mounting is shown in Figure 3 3 Wall Mounting is shown in Figure 3 4 For Sample Tap Electrode Mounting recommendations See Section 15 15 page 229 The analyzer s mounting enclosure must be grounded according to CSA standard C22 2 No 0 4 or Factory Mutual Class No 3820 paragraph 6 1 5 Before mounting the analyzer refer to the nameplate on the outside of the case and make a note of the model number It will help later when selecting the proper wiring configuration UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Unpacking Panel Mounting Dimensions 138 5 0 4 5 43 1 Panel Cutout 138 o 5 43 ese Cece le cee eee ek ote eS Customer will need to provide a rear panel support Plate to maintain NEMA4 protection if primary 1 panel thickness is less that 2 3mm 0 09 thick i D a ven nese eet a A
149. em Status Messages Overview The following table lists all the error messages that can appear for Measurement errors Input errors Output errors and Alarm Conditions Table 12 1 Status Messages Status Message Definition HOLD ACTIVE Analog Inputs PVs are held at their last active levels by pressing the HOLD button until cancelled by pressing the HOLD button again n lor2 Measurement Errors TEMP n UNDERRANGE Measured temperature is less than the minimum range value according to measurement type where nis 1 Input 1 or 2 Input 2 TEMP n OVERRANGE Measured temperature is greater than the maximum range value according to measurement type where nis 1 Input 1 or 2 Input 2 PV n UNDERRANGE Measured PV is less than the minimum range value according to measurement type where nis 1 Input 1 or 2 Input 2 PV n OVERRANGE Measured PV is greater than the maximum range value according to measurement type where nis 1 Input 1 or 2 Input 2 n 1or2 Input Errors Output s for which Input is source will go to failsafe level PROBE TEMP n INPUT Probe temperature sensor at Input nis defective FAULT PROBE PV n INPUT FAULT Probe PV sensor at Input n is defective PROBE n INPUT OUT OF Probe at Input n is out of solution SOLUTION TEMP n INPUT OPEN Probe temperature sensor at Input nis not connected Check Wiring PV n INPUT OPEN Probe PV sensor at Input nis not
150. en op panel Cycle Interval This parameter enables the cycle timer and allows you to set the Auto cycle to recur at a period defined by you If the cycle interval is set to Custom Monthly Weekly or Daily then specific menu items are activated to set up cycle start and period times You can select a cycle interval appropriate to the application Rinse Cycle Cnt This parameter allows you to select when or if a rinse sequence occurs during acycle A selection of 0 indicates that a rinse sequence will not occur A selection of 1 indicates that a rinse sequence occurs during every cycle There is an option to set the rinse sequence for less frequent times by selecting values from 2 to 100 For example a selection of 3 means that the rinse sequence will occur every 3rd cycle 5 7 10 Rinse Mins This parameter allows you to select the duration of a rinse 5 7 11 Resume Dly Mins 30 This parameter allows you to specify a delay time before the cycle is completed UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 7 12 Manual Starting Stopping the Auto Cycle Pressing Enter on the Auto Cycle Operational Display brings up an operator panel menu that enables you to manually start or stop an auto cycle sequence or place the cycle in Hold regardless of whether or not the cycle timer is configured Start cycle is visible when the Auto Cycle is not active and Stop Cycle is visible during an auto cycle The
151. eports E 46112 me Communication Upload Setup S 6G He Offline Download Configuration Te Se Online ad eas Configuration xr Menu E Figure 5 11 Screen capture of Process Instrument Explorer running on a Pocket PC 48 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Infrared communications The infrared connection provides a non intrusive wireless connection with the instrument and maintains its waterproof integrity when used in conjunction with the optional PIE Process Instrument Explorer Software No need to get access to the back of the analyzer to communicate with the instrument no need to take your screw driver to wire the communication cable no wiring mistake possible You can now duplicate an instrument s configuration upload or download a new configuration in a matter of seconds just by pointing your Pocket PC in the direction of the instrument It takes just a few seconds to upload a configuration from an instrument You can then save the configuration file onto your PC or pocket PC for review modification or archiving Furthermore this software also gives you important maintenance information on the analyzer instantly get information on the current operating parameters digital inputs and alarm status identify internal or analog input problems Question What if I have several analyzers on the same panel How can I be sure I am communicating with the c
152. er chemistry parameters as follows e Specific conductivity chemical treatment level e Cation conductivity total anion contaminants e Degassed conductivity non volatile anion contaminants e Cation minus degassed conductivities carbon dioxide 214 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices SPECIFIC CATION CONDUCTIM TY CONDUCTIVITY See UDA2182 a ANALYZER SAMPLE gt o CELL1 CELL2 CATION EXCHANGER SPECIFIC DEGASSED CONDUCTIVITY canon CONDUCTIVITY conoc umag ANIONS UDAZIE2 oo ver ANALYZER gs CARBON DIOXIDE BY CALCULATION se 4 Lo CEI 1 CELL2 CATION EXCHANGER REBOILER Sodium Hydroxide and Hydrochloric Acid Concentration Measurements The measurement range of sodium hydroxide by conductivity is limited by temperature The conductivity is limited by temperature The conductivity of sodium hydroxide reaches a maximum value near 14 at 0 C and 29 at 100 C Near the maximum there is poor resolution and no reliable way to know which side of the peak is being measured Therefore the UDA2182 measurement range is restricted by temperature to assure reliable values Maximum concentrations are 10 at 0 C 13 at 25 C and 20 at 75 C and above with linear interpolation between these points Operation above these limits gives a flashing display The measurement range of hydrochloric acid is restricte
153. er tabs and hold the boards in place while wiring 5 Connect the inputs from the electrode or cells to the terminals in accordance with the configuration setup assignments Refer to the wiring diagram provided with the electrode or cell and to Figure 7 2 through Figure 7 20 6 Analog outputs In addition to the standard outputs one more is available as an option See Option Board Wiring Figure 7 20 Connect the outputs from the Analyzer terminals in accordance with the configuration setup assignments Refer to the wiring diagrams provided with the field devices receiving the signals and to Figure 7 2 through Figure 7 20 7 If the relay outputs are to be used leave the unit open and powered down The relays can be used for Time Proportioning Output Pulse Frequency Output and Digital Output control as well as alarm annunciation In addition to the standard relays two more are available as an option See Option Board Wiring Figure 7 20 Connect the outputs from the Analyzer terminals in accordance with the configuration setup assignments Refer to the wiring diagrams provided with the external device and to Figure 7 2 through Figure 7 20 These relays can be programmed to de energize or energize on alarm Use the Maintenance configuration setup to specify relay state NOTE 1 A CAUTION Alarm circuits are not internally fused in the analyzer Provision for fuses in external circuits is recommended 8 Slide the retainer to
154. ermanent to select Test pH After Stage 3 is selected to access the Test pH Value to select a value 00 to make the selection permanent January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 35 Operating the Analyzer 5 8 5 Pharma Warning and Fail Signal 36 The Pharma 1 warning limit is entered from the op panel for stage 1 and is user selectable The digital output Pharma n Warn is available See Digital Source Selection Table 6 4 The Pharma Fail signal is generated whenever any of the following conditions are met Stage 1 Measured Conductivity exceeds 100 Stage 1 Temperature not within range of 0 100 degrees C Stage 2 Conductivity is 0 1 uS cm or greater for 5 minutes Stage 3 pH not within range of 5 7pH Stage 2 and 3 Temperature not within range of 24 26 degrees C The digital output Pharm n Fail is available See Digital Source Selection Table 6 4 When the Stage 2 or Stage 3 test is successful the fail signal is cancelled and the Pharma Timer begins to count down from the timer minutes value that was configured When the Timer countdown is completed the Pharma function block returns to Stage 1 A fail signal will return if measured conductivity exceeds 100 or warn signal if measured conductivity exceeds Pct Warning value See Section 12 5 for Pharma Fail Messages UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January
155. ermination by degassed conductivity 110 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range of Parameter Definition selection Setting Temp Units F Temperature Units allows selection of either gt degrees C or degrees F for the display of C default measured temperature on monitor pharmacopoeia control and input calibration screens and for the entry of manual temperature input values in Setup Inputs When changing the temperature units the manual temperature input value is not converted A pop up message warns you of this If the value is no longer within range it will change to the closest range limit Display Header 1 Label default Determines the time and date displayed within 2 Labels the Monitor Display header Label Time Date Time Label Alphanumeric text Header Format is 1 Label max 16 characters default Honeywell UDA Label Alphanumeric text Header Format is Label Time max 10 characters default Honeywell Label 1 Alphanumeric text Header Format is Label 1 Label 2 max 10 characters default Honeywell Label 2 Alphanumeric text Header Format is Label 1 Label 2 max 10 characters default UDA2182 Clr Evt Hist No default Clear Event History Yes clears the Event Yes History Screen see Section 5 11 Clr Cal Hist No default Clear Cal History Yes clears the Cal
156. ertoscan 088V 144A At any time press Exit to abort scan HA may be 0 40 80 120 5 Scan in Progress Example The bias voltage is adjusted down from its original value usually 0 55V at 25mV sec until OV is reached IN1 BIAS SCAN 0 05V 13pA Then the bias voltage is driven up to 1 0 V at 25 mV sec until Scan complete appears IN1 BIAS SCAN Scan complete 0 90V 236A 240 and finally it is driven down again until it has returned to the value it had just before the test was initiated During this voltage sweep the probe current is monitored and the graph of current as a function of voltage is displayed IN1 DO BIAS SCAN At the completion of the test an opportunity to change the bias voltage is provided Press lt gt voltage or to change the bias UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 175 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 6 Press to save Screen returns to IN1 DO CAL screen Bias Volts will be indicated on the screen 176 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Resetting Pressure Offset or Bias Volts If the calibration is suspect you can reset any of these values and calibrate again In the same screen as IN 1 DO Cal use the AY keys to highlight Reset Prs Offset or Reset Bias Volts IN1 DO CAL Air Cal Sample Cal Reset Cal Factor Pressur
157. es Digital This selection lets you configure the initial values of the Digital Variables Accessing Variables Menu e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AY keys to select Variables then press to enter the sub menu e Press AV to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 18 Variables Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Analog Anlg Var 1 Init 99999 99 to Initial Values of the Analog Variable applied at Anig Var 2 Init 99999 99 power on Anlg Var 3 Init Anig Var 4 Init Digital Dgtl Var 1 Init Off Initial Values of the Digital Variable applied at Dgt Var 2 Init ON Corns Dgtl Var 3 Init Dgtl Var 4 Init January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 105 Configuration 6 17 Communication Configuration Overview The communication menu allows you to configure the Communications Card There are four selections IR Front Panel configure the IR Front Panel interface Modbus configure the byte order RS485 configure the RS485 interface of the Communications Card Ethernet configure the Ethernet interface of the Communication card Accessing Communication Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Communication then press to enter the sub menu
158. es 28 CONGENITAL ON occ ccececanct at eitea inesi iaaah nasia 70 Alito Gycle Fajli tinerci in ea a iei 32 Cond Units Type cccccccssceesseeeseeecseeesseeesseeeseees 108 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 239 Index Conditional Sequencer StepsS cceeceeeeeeeeeees 32 CONUCTIVItY ceeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeesees 66 136 Conductivity Calibration cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 137 154 Conductivity Compensations cecceeceeeeeeeseeeeneees 6 Conductivity of Potassium Chloride Solutions at 25 C Debates E AAEE E OE E EATE cated tte cad 157 Conductivity Wiring Diagrams sesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 128 Configuration ssie iiaa 50 Configuration Procedure seseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeen 54 Conform tO Codes eitera aeiia iiaii 114 Contrast AdjUStMENE eee eeeeeeteeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaes 23 Control ACtiON 0 0 ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeeneeteeeeeaeersas 94 Control Algorithm eeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeaes 94 Control LOOp OUtpUtS e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeetens 6 Current OUtDUtS sieneen daakini 176 Cyanide Waste Treatment ccceeeeeseeeeeeteteees 201 Cycle Interval cccessseeeesseeeetsteeeees 30 100 102 Cycle Start Sirosen ies ea 30 Gycle Tifenn nehir 76 77 78 79 D Degassed COs ascikdnanais e a a 38 Derivative D rirerire a teniregnn fis gradena 91 DEIGP AETA NET A T AT 49 Diagnostic Failsafe Outputs eseeeee
159. es Using Automatic Buffer Recognition Step Action Screen 1 Prepare containers of two standard reference solutions 2 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AY to select Input PV Cal 3 PV INPUT CAL Press In 2 Conduc Cal Use AY to select Input 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal 4 IN 1 pH ORP Cal Press Auto Buffer Cal Buffer Cal Samnle Cal pH Offset pH Slope Reset pH Offset Reset i nae Use AY ito select Buffer Group 5 Enter Use AV to select Press Enter NIST USP default USA or Europe January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 143 Input Calibration Step Action Screen i Press IN 1 pH ORP Cal Buffer Cal Sample Cal Buffer Group pH Offset pH Slope Reset pH Offset Reset pH Slope Use AY to select Auto Buffer Cal 7 e Putthe unit in Hold mode e Remove the electrode from the process e Rinse the electrode thoroughly with distilled or de ionized water 8 Calibrating the pH Offset Place probe in Buffer 1 The display will show the pH of Press the buffer 1 solution as he el Follow the prompts at the top measured by the electrode system and bottomor the screen The reading will be automatically adjusted to match the known pH value stored in the UDA2182 memory Press Enter when stable 9 Once the reading is stable
160. et ilodedt Hanacateds ET EEE E REEE iE 37 5 9 3 pH Calculation from Specific and Cation Conductivity Setup eee eseesseceseceneceeees 38 9 94 Calibrations Aie ene ee o E sedis a E a ae edie eased eth edn 39 5 9 5 COs by Degassed Conductivity earen hena e ei er eRe riai eenia R Sne 39 5 9 0 sAcc ss to Cation Display rasire oer aee ae alt ntl EE tea tee ede 39 5 9 7 Troubleshooting osrin cine nee nies des ae eel T E iene eine eet 40 Status Displayer eiee eredera aet atarira aeree ieor Seese 41 Event HIStory idien ei e a i a a a a Saloon e et ae 46 Process Instrument Explorer Software seeseseseeseseesessesresresrrsstsressesrtssrestestessestessesrrssrestssrent 48 Modbus Communications cci iatscetisteiesestoscesstelaseel sistance cesesberseagth on lesceh saceauet eacesuseeladoges aei 50 CONFIGURA T O N r aerae a raae aaraa aa aae Ea Apan a raie aena AAAren tieua nainit Ea 51 OVETVICW iara EEEE A ER A TEN ER oki TE E O eine 51 UDA2182 Block Diagram ninn ni eria tas aes AE A el A eae RE 52 Main Setup Ment ico ena e e ee r eea N a a tea ede CARNE a E EE I RE 53 Basic Configuration Proced re ssscesenoniiseaniha a A T 55 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing zsisesos enirinte e eaei rane TEE E aE SS eo 55 Analog and Digital Signal SourceS ienero eik irena aiea ra rerea 58 Inputs Config ration osii iea n e a ER Satis EE E hs TAA 63 Outputs Conf suratiOn se eoe Ea RE E E E EE EAE E ark at 74 Relays Conf gurationsc c 2stusset eedcthesceessep
161. f Setting Input 1or2 PV Type pH Glass The PV type determines the numerical format and the Direct pH pH HPW units of measure on the online PV display Measured pH Durafet PV is generally displayed in the highest decimal ORP default precision possible to 001 and has a potentially ORP displayable range of 0 000 to 99999 The exceptions are dissolved oxygen pH ORP and temperature which are displayed with fixed decimal precision PV Type determines specific ranges PV Range 0 0 to 14 0 pH Read Only 1600 to 1600 ORP Temp Input Enable Enable to allow Temp Type selection see below ORP only Disable Temp Type 85500 Therm 8550 Thermistor default 1000Q RTD 10009 Resistance Temperature Detector Manual Manual January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 63 Configuration Sub menu selection Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition Temp Deg F or C Temp Type Manual 14 0 to 230 0 F default 77 F 10 to 110 C default 25 C Temp Deg F or C will appear depending on what Temperature Unit was selected in Maintenance setup group parameter Temp Units Solu Temp Comp None default Custom Enter Solution pH C value Not ORP H20 Pure Water NH3 Ammonia Phosphate Phosphate Morpholine Morpholine Solution pH C 0 000 default Measured pH is displayed and transmitted normalized Solu T to to
162. f Analog Inputs Pharm 1 Warn Pharmacopoeia 1 Warning The Pharma 1 Display Section 5 8 outputs digital Warning signal whenever the measured conductivity exceeds the Percent Warning Value selected in the Pharma Op Panel on the Pharma Display Stage 1only Pharm 1 Fail Pharm 2 Warn Pharmacopoeia 1 Failure Pharmacopoeia 2 Warning The Pharma 1 Display Section 5 8 outputs digital Failure signal whenever one of the following conditions occur Stage 1 Measured Conductivity exceeds 100 Stage 1 Temperature not within range of 0 100 degrees C Stage 2 Conductivity is 0 1 uS cm or greater for 5 minutes Stage 3 pH not within range of 5 7pH Stage 2 and 3 Temperature not within range of 24 26 degrees C The Pharma 2 Display Section 5 8 outputs digital Warning signal whenever the measured conductivity exceeds the Percent Warning Value selected in the Pharma Op Panel on the Pharma Display Stage 1only Pharm 2 Fail Pharmacopoeia 2 The Pharma 2 Display Section 5 8 outputs digital Failure signal Failure whenever one of the following conditions occur Stage 1 Measured Conductivity exceeds 100 Stage 1 Temperature not within range of 0 100 degrees C Stage 2 Conductivity is 0 1 uS cm or greater for 5 minutes Stage 3 pH not within range of 5 7pH Stage 2 and 3 Temperature not within range of 24 26 degrees C PID 1 Alm 1 PID Control 1 Alarm 1 Con
163. g Signal Table 6 3 Analog Signal Sources Each alarm supports a setpoint type and value Alarm selections generate front panel alerts support latching acknowledge with on delay timers Select any Digital signal Table 6 4 Digital Signal Sources to disable the Alarm Example Using Math Switch and Monitor blocks to achieve auto range functions This example shows how to use the math blocks to scale the output in multiple ranges and uses a monitor and switch to select the desired amplification for the input A relay is connected in parallel to the switch to provide an indication as to which range is currently being transmitted Range Switch using Math Monitor and Switch Blocks Math 1 ci x x low range Switc Output 1 high range low Joo InA InB SW Math 2 x low range high range low Relay 1 Monitor 1 High SP V Output 1 100 4 l Monitor 1 Hysterisis ie i i af d I f i Math 2 Math 1 Monitor 1 Math 1 Math2 Low Low SP High High Range Range High Range Range Relay 1 vA January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 81 Configuration Accessing Alarms Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Alarms then press to enter the sub menu Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of par
164. ge Parameter Definition selection of Setting Relay 1 Frequency proportional output is a form of a process variable transmitter or control output Relay 2 that pulses the relay as a pulse rate that is proportional to the input signal over a configured Relay 3 relay range The maximum frequency is set by the cycle time that is configurable between Relay 4 0 1 and 999 seconds The pulse duration is fixed and configured in seconds by an on time parameter Frequency Proportional Source ay se a PV Source Output Relay High Range 99999 to 99999 The high range is the PV based engineering unit default 100 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 100 percent Maximum Frequency duty cycle Low Range 99999 to 99999 The low range is the PV based engineering unit default 0 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 0 percent always inactive duty cycle Invert Enable Inverts the proportional range of the applied Disable default analog input such that inverse relay operation is achieved Cycle Time 0 to 999 Sets the Cycle Time of the maximum output default 10 frequency Max Freq 1 Cycle Time Freq Output Max Freq Input 100 For example Freq Output 100 Max Freq 1 Freq Ouput 50 Max Freq 5 Freq Ouput 25 Max Freq 25 On Time 0 0 to 999 Sets the pulse duration This value should be default 5 less than the cycle time for proper operation Typically this value is used to control the pulse duration for the fin
165. ghtforward keystroke sequences to select and establish configure pertinent setup data best suited for your application To assist you in the configuration process there are prompts that appear in the Main Setup menu and associated sub menus These prompts let you know what group of configuration data Set Up prompts you are working with and also the specific parameters associated with each group What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 6 1 Overview 51 6 2 UDA2182 Block Diagram 52 6 3 Main Setup Menu 53 6 4 Basic Configuration Procedure 55 6 6 Inputs Configuration 63 6 7 Outputs Configuration 74 6 8 Relays Configuration 75 6 9 Alarms Configuration 81 6 10 Monitors Configuration 83 6 11 Math Configuration 85 6 12 Logic Configuration 86 6 13 Auxiliary Configuration 89 6 14 PID Control Configuration 92 6 15 Auto Cycling Configuration 100 6 16 Variables Configuration 105 6 17 Communication Configuration 106 6 18 Maintenance Configuration 108 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 51 Configuration 6 2 UDA2182 Block Diagram Overview PV Temp h Fault Digital o input n Digital In 1 2 Calc Sum Values Diff Dual Input Ratio Devices Passage Rejection Man Select Alarms N 1 4 Monitor N 1 4 Math 1 4 Output Fault 1 3 A mA Signal
166. gits have been changed press to store January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 55 Configuration Basic Configuration Procedure Table 6 1 Basic Configuration Procedure Step Operation Press Result 1 Enter Set Up cogs Mode Inputs Outputs Relays Alarms Monitors Math Logic Auxiliary PID Control Auto Cycling Variables Communication V Maintenance The Main Menu is displayed Use AY to scroll and select a setup group Example Inputs The selection will be highlighted 2 Enter Set Up The Setup group selected is shown at the top of the screen Group and will display all the selections within that group INPUTS Press AV to highlight the desired selection Example Input 1 PRE PH 3 Enter the The list of parameters for that selection will be displayed lecti aves Example Input 1 PRE PH INPUT 1 PRE PH PV Type pH Glass PV Range 0 14 Temp Input Enable Temp Type 85500 Solu Temp Comp Custom Solution pH C 0 000 Press AV to highlight the desired selection 4 Changing a The displayed current value for the parameter is displayed parameter 5 Change the AV Depending on whether you are changing a text string or a Value or numerical value follow the General Rules for Editing in Selection section 6 4 1 to make the changes 56 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 Enter the Value or
167. gned in as the administrator e DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol selectable via web page or front panel e Firmware upgrade to Main CPU board e Firmware upgrade to Communications card Note 1 There are four analog and four digital variables These variables can be read and written remotely using Modbus function codes Variables will appear as a selection for various parameters e Analog variables can be an alarm source analog relay source current output source monitor source math source auxiliary switch source PID TRV and PID remote setpoint e Digital variables can be an alarm disable remote setpoint select Tune Set2 select digital relay source logic in source auxiliary switch select PID TRC select PID RSP select and auto cycle start source Note 2 Web pages provide the following Multiple language support Guest accessibility for read only permission Admin accessibility for read and write permission Readings of Inputs Outputs and Relay Outputs Status of Inputs Outputs and Alarms Readings and Status of optional parameters control pharma and auto cycle List of last twelve events Network configuration including IP address subnet mask gateway etc Email configuration for alarm event notification 50 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 Configuration 6 1 Overview Introduction Configuration is a dedicated operation where you use strai
168. gth as 514 feet 20 AWG wire simulates 22 AWG coax January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 203 Appendices OO 15 4 Appendix C Cyanide Waste Treatment Introduction 204 Uses of cyanide solutions Cyanide solutions are used in plating baths for zinc cadmium copper brass silver and gold The toxic rinse waters and dumps from these operations require destruction of the cyanide typically to a level below 0 1 ppm before its discharge Technique for cyanide destruction The technique most often used for cyanide destruction is a one or two stage chemical treatment process The first stage raises the pH and oxidizes the cyanide to less toxic cyanate When required the second stage neutralizes and further oxidizes the cyanide to harmless carbonate and nitrogen The neutralization also allows the metals to be precipitated and separated from the effluent Consistent treatment and stable control in this type of process requires well mixed reaction tanks with enough volume for adequate retention time See Figure 15 3 Retention time is calculated by dividing the filled or usable tank volume by the waste flowrate Typically it is 10 minutes or more CAUSTIC PROPORTION NA RECORDER 1 NOTE The separate pH and ORP H a ACID l measurements and control shown tenes i e 1 in the first stage may be handled Tt 18 with a single UDA2182 Analyzer Et S S l ONOFF__ with combined input 1 I 1
169. he Init communication card Status shown OK if the communication card is working fine Status shown as Not present if the communication card is not present Status shown as HW Failure if the communication card is installed but unable to communicate to the Main CPU board Status shown as Fail if the communication card is not functioning properly It could be the result of a software failure a bad flash chip on the board or DHCP is selected but the DHCP server was not found Check cable connections and potential network issues for DHCP related problems Status shown as INIT if the communication card is getting initialized SW Version Value SW Version gives the software version of the Communication Card Web Page Value Web Page gives the web page version number The web pages are separate from the Communication card firmware and can be upgraded independently Both the SW version and Web Page version should be the same value to guarantee compatibility January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 43 Operating the Analyzer Status Parameter Status Status Definition Display Read Only WebPgLngSet EE RT PC Identifies the web page language set programmed into the Communications card EE web pages support English French German Italian and Spanish RT web pages support English Russian and Turkish PC web pages support English Polish and Czech Address Value Address s
170. he default 0 0 process noise This filter is applied before the limit functions 66 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration January 2009 None NaCl Morpholine HCL Acid and NH3 Conductivity mS cm displays mS cm and provides wide range solution type selections None HCI NaCl H2S04 and NaOH Upper range limit defaults according to the table below Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Input 1 or For every cell constant the PV type includes selections for both conductivity uS cm and Input 2 conductivity mS cm Conductivity Conductivity uS cm displays uS cm and provides standard range solution type selections For every cell constant the PV type also includes selections for either TDS ppb TDS ppm or TDS ppm TDS ppt TDS ppb ppm provides standard or wide solution type selections and TDS ppm ppt provides standard or wide solution type selections Solution selections are the same as above with the exception of None Upper range limit defaults according to the table below Cell Const 0 01 Cell Const 0 1 Cell Const 1 Cell Const 10 Cell Const 25 Cell Const 50 0 2 uS cm 0 20 uS cm 0 200 uS cm 0 2000 0 20000 0 20000 displayable to 200 displayable to displayable to uS cm uS cm uS cm uS cm 2000 uS cm 20000 uS cm displayable to displayable to displayable to 0 0 2 mS cm 0 2 m
171. he analyzer can accept single or dual inputs from Honeywell Direct pH pH Input from External Preamplifier ORP Contacting Conductivity and Dissolved Oxygen sensors Two analog outputs standard One additional output optional Two electromechanical relays standard Two additional relays optional Two Digital Inputs Wiring these inputs and outputs is described here Accessing the terminals The wiring is easily accessible through the front and the boards can be pulled out to facilitate the wiring of sensor input Open the case ATTENTION The display cable can become loose from the connector on the display board Follow these instructions for re inserting the cable into the connector Open connector by carefully lifting connector as shown Once the cable has been inserted carefully close the connector Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the bezel Grasp the bezel on the right side Lift the bezel gently and swing the bezel open to the left January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 117 Inputs and Outputs Wirin Wiring terminals and board location Communications Board Location Option Board Location Input 1 Board Location with pH ORP or pH Preamp Input Board and Terminals Power Supply Analog Output Relay Output Board Location Boards can be in either location Input 2 Board Location with Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen Input Board and Terminals B
172. he chromium simultaneously the chromium oxidizes the sulfur The ORP potential is a measure of the status of the oxidation reduction reaction the platinum or gold electrode detects the solution s ability to accept or donate electrons Sulfite SO3 a reducing ion donates electrons which makes the electrode more UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices negative The chromium an oxidizing ion Cr accepts electrons and makes the electrode more positive The net electrode potential is related to the ratio of concentrations of reducing and oxidizing ions in the solution Potential cannot be used as monitor of effluent This electrode potential is extremely sensitive in measuring the degree of chrome treatment in the reaction tank However it cannot be related to a definite concentration of chrome and therefore cannot be used as a final effluent monitor of chrome concentration Importance of clean electrode Reliable ORP measurements require a very clean metal electrode surface Clean the electrodes routinely with a soft cloth dilute acids and or cleaning agents to promote fast response Control at low pH levels in the first stage of treatment has also been found to help maintain clean ORP electrodes January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 211 Appendices OO 15 6 Appendix E Two cell Applications lon Exchange Ion exchange operations can achieve especially precise co
173. he probe temperature coefficient Salinity 222 The significant effect of dissolved solids on reducing oxygen solubility is well documented However the partial pressure of oxygen raw oxygen probe signal is the same whether in pure or saline water Since the actual solubility is reduced a correction must be made when measuring brackish sea or other water containing much more than 1 ppt 1000 ppm of dissolved solids The Analyzer includes a salinity correction algorithm which uses input from a fixed value of salinity in ppt parts per thousand entered from the front panel Suspended and settled solids have negligible effect on solubility but may affect the transfer rate of oxygen when in excess of 2 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 11 Appendix J Discussion on Chemical Interferences on Measured DO Currents There are four contributors to measured current Faradaic Currents Faradaic currents are those resulting from oxidation or reduction of chemical species The reduction of oxygen to water the oxidation of water to oxygen and the oxidation of hydrogen hydrazine or sulfur dioxide are examples of Faradaic currents Residual Currents Residual currents are unwanted Faradaic currents caused by impurities in the probe electrolyte These impurities are metals e g lead zinc in electrolyte reagents which are capable of being reduced at the cathode and give rise to zero offset cur
174. hould be filled 3 4 with water Example supplier Fisher Cole Palmer Note 4 Piping around glass wash bottle should be heavy wall flexiblelpstic Piping that goes into beaker should be submerged about 1 2 into beakesf water Note 5 All other piping should be rigid polypropylene tubing Note 6 All calculations are based on 25 Deg C Dissolved Oxygen Probe Model DL5PPB Rigid Pipi m Flow Through s Regulator Chamber TF OR 31063336 or Valve 31063337 Note 11 Oxygen Note 4 Beaker in Flexible for Venting Nitroge Piping Wash Bottle Note4 1 2 Note 3 Figure 15 7 Suggested ppb Dissolved Oxygen Test Set up 228 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 15Appendix N Sample Tap Electrode Mounting Recommendations Overview Many applications tap a sample from a main process stream and after the flow has passed through the measurement manifold it is discharged to a sink or floor drain Typical Probe Installation A typical probe installation will find the probe mounted in a flow chamber or tee arrangement similar to what is shown in Figure 15 8 Key installation features are provision for flow rate adjustment a water trap to assure that the probe remains immersed if sample flow is turned off and means to prevent a below atmospheric pressure within the manifold AIR VENT y Air vent prevents vaccuum in discharge to drain line Ee avoiding
175. ial instructions for high purity water applications are provided below Materials To use the sample method follow the instructions in Table 8 4 Materials required are e A clean beaker for collecting the sample e A calibrated portable instrument for measuring pH of the sample e Distilled or de ionized water to rinse the electrode Procedure Make sure you have selected PV Type pH Glass pH Durafet or pH HPW in the Inputs configuration Table 6 5 Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 8 4 Procedure for Sample Method of Calibrating pH Electrodes Step Action Screen 1 Prepare the Calibration meter 2 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use AV ioselect Input PV Cal 3 PV INPUT CAL Press In 2 Conduc Cal Use AV to select Input 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 IN 1 pH ORP Cal ie Buer ear C Buffer Group pH Offset pH Slope Reset pH Offset Reset pH Slope Use AV to select Sample Cal 5 e Put the unit in Hold mode e DONOT Remove the electrode from the process 6 Place probe in Sample Press The display will show the pH of Follow the prompts atthe top the process as measured by the and bottom of the screen electrode system Press Enter when stable 7 Coll
176. ial output control element 78 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Relay 1 On Off output relay turns On when the input is greater than the relay high and low ranges Relay 2 and turns off when the input is less than the relay high and low ranges This allows an on Relay 3 off control action with an adjustable dead band The On state is controlled by a cycle time Relay 4 and on duration parameters such to achieve a selectable output proportion An invert parameter is available to allow inverse action such that the relay will cycle ON when below ON OFF the low range limit Control Rela Y Source Any Analog Signal PV Source See Table 6 3 High Range 99999 to 99999 The high range is the PV based engineering unit default 100 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 100 percent Maximum Frequency duty cycle Low Range 99999 to 99999 The low range is the PV based engineering unit default 0 00 value configured as the value that will produce a 0 percent always inactive duty cycle Invert Enable Inverts the proportional range or input state of Disable default the applied digital or analog input such that inverse relay operation is achieved Cycle Time 0 to 999 Cycle time is that time period in seconds default 10 between relay activations On Time 0 0 to 999 Se
177. ibration Yes History Screen see Section 11 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 111 Configuration Tag Names Select Tag and Press Enter Follow the General Rules for Editing to edit the character string Input 1 0 to 16 Characters The real time displays of process values show Input 2 the instrument s tag name or other configurable PID Loop 1 fixed sixteen character string at the top of the PID Loop 2 screen Auto Cycle 1 Auto Cycle 2 Pharma 1 Alarm 1 Alarm 2 Alarm 3 Alarm 4 Clock Date Format YYYY MM DD The parameters Date Format and Time Format default determine how time and date are displayed in MM DD YYYY both the Monitor Display header and the Event DD MM YYYY History Time Format 24 Hour default 12 Hour Year 2005 2037 Month 1 to 12 Day 1 28 29 30 or 31 default 1 determined by year amp month Hour 0 23 24 Hour format 1 12 12 Hour format AM PM AM default PM Time Format is 12 Hour Minutes 0 59 Tests Display Test Off default Display Test action occurs when the Enter key Enable is pressed to accept the selection Keypad Test Off default When the keyboard test is enabled the Status Enable Message area displays the name of the key currently pressed Note The keypad test will exit three seconds after no key is pressed 112 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration
178. idized positive region of the curve near the 450 mV setpoint The ORP setpoint can vary between installations depending upon pH the oxidizing agent the presence of various metals in solution and the type of reference electrode used Determine the exact setpoint empirically at that potential where all the cyanide has been oxidized without excess hypochlorite feed This point can be verified with a sensitive colorimetric test kit or similar check for cyanide ee pH 105 pH 11 0 400 E a z z f j 2 A wW ec os 200 ena 400 l l l l l l 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VOLUME OF HYPOCHLORITE ADDED Figure 15 4 First Stage Cyanide Oxidation Typical Titration Curve January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 205 Appendices ey Importance of pH control As shown in Figure 15 4 pH has a direct effect on the ORP potential and must be closely controlled to achieve consistent ORP control especially if hypochlorite is used as the oxidizing agent Hypochlorite raises pH which lowers the ORP potential which in turn calls for additional hypochlorite a runaway situation To avoid this situation use close pH control and locate the ORP electrode at a distance from the hypochlorite addition point Reliable measurement with gold electrode For this application a gold ORP electrode gives a more reliable measurement than does a platinum electrode because platinum may catalyze additional reactions at its
179. ification would require a closed loop water system The sample water must be tapped directly from the customer s process water The other modification would be the gas For zero calibration a high purity nitrogen gas very expensive must be piped into the process sample Since Honeywell can neither control the quality of the gas the customer purchases nor the quality of the process water used the company will not guarantee the accuracy of the results of a zero calibration done by this modified method Equipment Needed e One Tank of Oxygen in Nitrogen gas mixture e One pressure regulator shutoff valve e Wash bottle used to add moisture to the sample gas before the gas reaches the probe Without addition of moisture the Nitrogen gas would dry out the probe membrane e One Beaker used to vent the gas sample e One Dissolved Oxygen probe used to make DO measurement e One Dissolved Oxygen flow through chamber provide a closed environment e One Honeywell Model UDA2182 Analyzer monitors and displays DO value Oxygen Measurement Procedure 1 Connect probe and energize the electronics Allow probe to sit in tap water for 1 hour Perform an air calibration per the manual instructions Set up equipment as shown in Figure 15 7 Install probe into sealed flow chamber and connect to wash bottle piping De M a ceo Set room temperature to 25 C and sparge water with nitrogen overnight Reading should be less than 1 ppb ra Remove
180. ing ion An oxidation reduction reaction involves the transfer of electrons from the ion being oxidized to the oxidizing agent In cyanide destruction chlorine or hypochlorite accepts electrons from the cyanide oxidizing it while simultaneously the hypochlorite is reduced to chloride ORP potential is a measure of the status of the oxidation reduction reaction i e the gold electrode detects the solution s ability to accept or donate electrons The hypochlorite an oxidizing ion accepts electrons which makes the electrode more positive The cyanide a reducing ion provides electrons and makes the electrode more negative The net electrode potential is related to the ratio of concentrations of reducing and oxidizing ions in the solution Potential cannot be used as monitor of effluent This electrode potential is extremely sensitive in measuring the degree of treatment in the reaction tank However it cannot be related to a definite concentration of a cyanide or cyanate therefore it cannot be used as a monitor of final effluent concentration Importance of clean electrode Reliable ORP measurement requires a very clean metal electrode surface Routinely clean the electrodes with a soft cloth dilute acids and or cleaning agents to promote fast response January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 207 Appendices es 15 5 Appendix D Chrome Waste Treatment Use of Chromates Corrosion inhibition Chromates are u
181. ints for both input X and output values Y Func Gen 2 Function Generator 2 Part of the Auxiliary Configuration group See Table 6 12 for Function Generator Configuration Switch 1 Switch 1 Switch selections have 2 input sources A and B A switch block is used to select between two analog signals The switch block can be Switch 2 Switch 2 used for many monitor and control strategies A Digital Signal Source when active will select the B input source of the switch as the output Part of the Auxiliary Configuration group See Table 6 12 for Switch Configuration Sum Input 1 Input 2 Difference Input 1 Input 2 Ratio Input 1 Input 2 Passage Min Input 1 or 2 Max Input 1 or 2 100 Rejection 1 Min Input 1 or 2 Max Input1 or 2 100 The availability of calculated variables in the list of available sources for alarms math and control and for status display is determined by similarity of units of measure between the two input boards Cation Value pH Value Calculated pH value from differential conductivity PID Out 1 PID Output 1 PID 1 Output in percent 0 to 100 Normally connected to a proportional current Current Type or time proportional or frequency proportional relay January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 59 Configuration PID Out 2 PID Output 2 PID 2 Output in percent 0 to 100 Normally connected
182. ion then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing 100 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 15 3 Auto Cycling Configuration Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition and Restrictions selection of Setting Auto Cycle 1 Auto Cycling Disable default Allows auto cycling to be selected This Auto Cycle 2 Enable should be enabled after configuration is complete Hold Active Enable default When enabled the output s sourced by input Disable n for Auto Clean nis in hold during auto cycling Probe Transit Disable default When enabled allows probe extract and Enable probe insert sequence steps to occur and automated probe extract and insert parameters are made available Cycle Start Source None or Any Digital Starts Auto Cycle on specific Digital Signal Signal selected changing from 0 to 1 See Table 6 4 Extract Wait Src None or Any Digital Allows selection of a specific Digital Signal Probe Transit Signal that causes a delay in the probe extraction Enabled See Table 6 4 sequence While the selected digital input is active the probe extraction will not end unless a timeout occurs as determined by the duration configured in Probe Transit Mins If a source is configured the timeout results in an Auto Cycle Fail If a digital signal is not
183. ire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 8 Terminal Designations for HPW7000 System 124 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring HB Series pH or ORP White pigtail of Coax Y Reference Center conductor of Coax J Glass or ORP Black f J_6 RTH Sense Green EE RTH Low Red Py RTH High Figure 7 9 Terminal Designations for HB Series pH or ORP January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 125 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 5 pH Input from External Preamplifier Cap Adapter Wiring Diagrams Glass Meredian External Preamp Wire Color Blue Green Black Orange Signal Name Volt Supply Volt Supply Supply Common 166 RTH 34 Wire Figure 7 10 Terminal Designations for Meredian Electrode with External Preamplifier When using 022283 preamplifier module jumper between SC and ET at the preamp Color of wires corresponds to Honeywell cables gt 834088 gt 31075723 gt 51309677 001 126 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring Durafet Il External Preamp Wire Signal Color Name Blue eli 10 Volt Supply Green 10 Volt Supply Black Supply Common Orange R pH Input Signal RTH 3 Wire RTH Low RTH High ne se a ca a tym te a ey Ss ye mee note do not connect red wire Figure 7 11 Terminal Designations for Durafet Il Electrod
184. isyes hax aria ei Geb ae E tense bul deoh aid p EE E EEEE SA 114 A2 General Wiring Practices crass cece oiii na ai ee te elise e a e e e oao ee ale ioe 115 T3 Anpuitssand Outputs 6 iai aneri rea a a ee ae r EE eE EE E laden aided aes 117 7 4 Direct pH ORP Input Wiring Diagrams eeseseeeeseeseeseeeeesesrieseesresresresresestessesrissrestssresesressesees 120 7 5 pH Input from External Preamplifier Cap Adapter Wiring Diagrams eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereerreeee 126 TO MCOnductivity eenen ena E E E E A E E caine iene Meiners 130 TA Dirss lved OXY SEN oie adie eat E N ee ag 131 78 Communications Card cassia date au meal eaten aE a le aetna 133 AQ MOUUPUUSS sete scott esata he cite fe oe Gol O ohare tacced tee idee octal acne dahon Gaels whew Seely 134 TAO Optom Cardit eae Sesh h iets aestas een E hides Sistine eles hth a a eis Hei 135 8 INPUT CALIBRATION wivsiicicccccicesccsssnsscctiecesaseeesancndtewdenssaareversnantsccsteranerteanonanuien 136 Bel SOVERVICW AES E E A Se eee E E eete Diageo evenness 136 6 2 Calibration Menus osae lies seatin ea Merete ieee aden dain ered Lele d ee ee kes ee Ee 137 8 3 pH ORP and Conductivity OVeErview 0 eee esecssecsseceseceseceseeeseeeseeeseeseneeeseesaeeeaaecsaecaessaeeaeen 138 8 4 Recommendations for Successful Measurement and Calibration cece eeeeeseeeneeereeeneeeneees 139 8 5 pH Calibration oinen ete ated eae ee a ARG Wait ea ree AA Nee 140 Sel Introductio e E sethdeina eadeiehs sh
185. iversal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 2 Calibration Menu Accessing the Main Calibration Menu and sub menus Press Carat The Main Calibration Menu will appear CALIBRATION Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History Use the AY keys to highlight the Input PV Cal selection Press to display the sub menu for that selection Depending on the Input board installed you can select from IN 1 or 2 pH ORP Cal IN 1 or 2 Pre pH Cal IN 1 or 2 Conduc Cal IN 1 or 2 DO Cal Use the AV keys to highlight the Input selection for calibration Refer to the following sections for calibration instructions 8 5 pH Calibration Page 140 8 6 ORP Calibration Page 151 8 7 Conductivity Calibration Page 157 8 8 Dissolved Oxygen Calibration Page 166 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 137 Input Calibration 8 3 pH ORP and Conductivity Overview pH ORP Calibration Calibration of pH or ORP measuring instruments is necessary because similar electrodes may produce slightly different potentials in the same solution requiring a corrective adjustment at the measuring instrument Also electrode outputs change over a period of time making periodic recalibration necessary for best performance Determine recalibration intervals based on operating experience Conductivity Each type of cell has an associated cell constant entered during Configuration Setup See Section
186. l Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Rejection Status Parameter Status Status Definition Display Read Only Calc Values Sum Value Available only if both units of measure between the f two input boards are identical if Difference i Table 6 i ion configured Ratio See Table 6 5 for configuration Passage Sum Input 1 Input 2 Difference Input 1 Input 2 Ratio Input 1 Input 2 Passage Min Input 1 or 2 Max Input 1 or 2 100 Rejection 1 Min Input 1 or 2 Max Input1 or 2 100 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 45 Operating the Analyzer 5 11 Event History Overview Event History records events with timestamp Events recorded include setup change power on calibrations no values and alarms with detail available on alarm type and source by scrolling and selecting event name Status warns of event history at 50 and 90 and when erasing old records Access to Event History Displays e Press until you see Setup Chg EVENT HISTORY Alarm 1 On Setup Chg Hold On Setup Chg Power On HOLD ACTIVE 04 19 08 58 03 15 13 02 03 15 13 01 03 15 12 38 03 15 11 21 03 09 02 31 e Use the AY keys to highlight the Event History required e Press to display the event date time and alarm parameters Figure 5 9 Event History Display screen example Event History Display
187. l Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 4 Displays Overview Viewing the Displays To view display screens push the os key Pushing the Display key repeatedly scrolls through screens which show the current status of pH ORP Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen Concentration There are displays for PID Auto Cycle and Pharma It also lets you view a Status Display and an Event History Display Displays Shown One Input When only one input board is installed the online screen displays one PV and its units in a larger font size Section 5 5 Two Inputs When two input boards are installed the online screen displays two PVs and its units in a smaller font size Press 4 to see single PV screens Section 5 5 PID When PID 1 or 2 is active Section 5 6 there is a display screen for each There is a sub screen that allows editing of the Setpoint value Setpoint Source Control Mode and Output value You can also enable or disable Accutune and Tune set Auto Cycle When Auto Cycle 1 or 2 is active Section 5 7 there is a display screen for each There is a sub screen that allows you to start or stop the Cycle Pharma Enabled in Conductivity inputs Each Pharma screen monitors standard procedure stages for determining Purified Water There is a sub screen that allows you to change the Pharma Test Stage and adjust the Pct Warning value Stage 1 Test uS cm value Stage 2 and the Test pH Stage 3 Se
188. l is Monthly Weekly or Daily Cycle Interval is Custom Start Time enabled Dependent parameters Period Days 0 to 100 default The period day parameter allows the selection Cust 0 of how often the Auto cycle will occur Custom For Example 20 means that the Auto Cycle will occur every 20 days Period Hours 0 to 23 default 1 For Example 4 means that the Auto cycle will occur every 4 hours when the days and custom minutes are set to 0 Period Mins 0 to 59 default 0 For Example 30 means that the Auto cycle will occur every 30 minutes when the days and hours are set to 0 Rinse Cycle Cnt 0 to 100 default Allows selection for frequency of rinse occurrence 1 Cal Cycle Cnt 0 to 100 default Allows selection for frequency of calibration 1 occurrence For Example 1 indicates that a PV is DO calibration will occur every cycle while a 10 indicates that a calibration will occur every 10 cycle Cal 1 Cycle Cnt 0 to 100 default Allows selection for frequency of calibration 1 occurrences PV is pH Cal 2 Cycle Cnt 0 to 100 default Allows selection for frequency of calibration 1 occurrences PV is pH Max Transit Mins 0 to 30 00 Maximum Probe Transit time in minutes Probe Transit default 0 50 Enabled Rinse Mins 0 to 30 00 Duration of Rinse sequence in minutes default 0 50 Max Cal Mins 0 to 30 00 Maximum calibration time in minutes Enough time default 0 50 should be entered to allow process stabiliza
189. l up a special display that shows how much time is left in the operation 2 In preparation for the calibration Relay 1 activates 3 way solenoid valve S1 see Figure 15 12 to direct rinsing fluid to the electrodes for the configured rinse duration 1 to 1999 seconds If the measured sample is normally returned to the process but quantities of rinsing fluid cannot be tolerated there use an additional 3 way solenoid valve S4 It is activated simultaneously with S1 to January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 235 Index 236 divert the discharge to drain Relay 2 activates solenoid valve S2 for the preset buffer time 1 to 1999 seconds to direct buffer solution past the electrodes by gravity After a stable reading is reached or the set maximum buffer time elapses the 9782 stores the new calibration value using automatic buffer recognition Diagnostics detect excessive instability or offset prevent erroneous calibrating and can activate an alarm depending on configuration If the diagnostic fails an error message is always displayed on the alarm stripe see Section 12 If an unacceptable value is obtained it will be rejected and the previous value will be retained for uninterrupted operation All valves are deactivated to resume measurement of the sample A delay period 1 to 1999 seconds can be configured to permit the measurement to stabilize on the process sample At the end of the delay period normal alarm co
190. lculated values by connecting it to a current output TPO relay or FPO relay Since multiple outputs can share a common math block the output range of a math block can be split over multiple outputs or relays with each output or proportional relay using a specific portion of the output range of the math block Accessing Math Menu e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AY keys to select Math then press to enter the sub menu e Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 85 Configuration Table 6 10 Math Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition Range of Setting Math 1 Type Linear default Provide a linear output with Gain and Offset with digital Math 2 filtering Math 3 Math 4 Output Filter Gain Input Offset Linear is simple linear scale used to retransmit the PV using the High Range as scaled 100 output and the Low Range is the scaled to 0 output There is no restriction on the High and Low ranges Setting the high range to a value less than the low range will invert the action of the math output Limit out has no effect on the output Log Log base 10 Output Log Input Input gt 104 10 Output 10 Input lt 10 10 Output Block Low Range Log Input low val
191. ll in air perform a Probe Bias Test under the Maintenance Menu When completed the display should look exactly like Figure 8 5 under Probe Bias Test If it does move to Step 16 If the problem is a shift of the curve either to the left or right of the cursor move the cursor so that it is positioned on the flat portion of the curve At this point the probe is suspect and should be sent to the Technical assistance Center for analysis If the UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices problem is that the cursor is positioned too far to the left or right of the flat portion of the curve move the cursor back to the flat portion of the curve 15 Perform another Air Calibration to correct any changes that occurred during the PBT 16 If you reached this point you have both a working probe and analyzer that are calibrated to one another correctly January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 221 Appendices lt lt 15 10 Appendix Parameters Affecting Dissolved Oxygen Measurement The actual quantity of oxygen that can be present in solution is governed by the partial pressure of the gas in the atmosphere the solubility in solution the temperature and purity of the solution Pressure UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzers include an internal pressure sensor and software algorithm that automatically compensates for atmospheric pressure variations during calibration Pressure
192. low to chassis ground screw Black or Orange Shield Red or Clear center conductor of coax Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 6 Terminal Designations for ORP Wire Signal Color Name Cable shield Violet to chassis ground screw ee ee ee eer Orange f Black pigtail of Coax H Guard Center conductor of Coax IE Glass or ORP Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 7 Terminal Designations for Direct pH ORP with Quick Disconnect Option UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 123 Inputs and Outputs Wirin HPW7000 Wire Signal Color Name Reference cable shield White with Green stripe to chassis ground screw l Measurement Clear center conductor of coax heterence cable shield Measurement White with Black stripe 69 Guard White with Green stripe Clear center conductor of coax aes Glass or ORP to chassis eo R f7 Counter E a aaa ice eRe Thermistor Jumper igs RTH 3 Wire Weare yee o White Ra RTH High Thermistor cable shield White with Green stripe to chassis ground screw AE each Past aves eas rene ne ere eager Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then w
193. lt compensation during air calibration Pressure mm Hg 500 0 to 800 0 Atmospheric pressure compensation Enter lue i Hg Manual Pressure default 760 E E A ae type only mmHg 72 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting PV Bias PV Bias Constant is used to compensate the input for drift of an input value 20 00 to 20 00 If PPM Board is installed PPM 20000 to If PPB Board is installed 20000 PPB default 0 000 Failsafe The output value to which the output will go to protect against the effects of failure of the equipment 0 000 to 20 00 If PPM Board is installed PPM 0 000 to 20000 If PPB Board is installed PPB default 20 000 Filter Time 0 to 120 0 A software digital filter is provided for dampening the process The units are in time constant seconds default 0 0 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 73 Configuration 6 7 Outputs Configuration Overview This group lets you select the signal that will be transmitted Accessing Outputs Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the AY keys to select Outputs then press to enter the sub menu Output 1 Output 2 or Output 3 and their associated parameters are available for selection Press AY to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters
194. lue for the resistor see equations below Configure an alarm to monitor this value Set cal factor and calibration trim for ideal conditions When a check resistor is used instead of cell input the Analyzer Controller must be set for theoretically ideal conditions to achieve display of the appropriate value for the installed resistor This means that you set the cell calibration factor to 1 00 and remove the calibration trim for the cell input being replaced by the check resistor Calculations for conductivity resistivity and TDS 216 To verify instrument operation at any point of measurement calculate the check resistance needed to simulate that value It is assumed that you have selected a display measurement value that is within the range of your cell constant see 2 1for ranges The equation used depends on the measurement type For concentration check values see the table on the following page Conductivity check resistance ohms _ Cell Constant cm x 10 Conductivity microSiemens cm Resistivity check resistance ohms Cell Constant cm x Resistivity ohm cm TDS check resistance ohms Cell Constant cm x 10 TDS ppm TDS factor TDS factor has units of ppm microSiemens cm UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices Example 1 To determine the check resistor value needed to simulate conductivity measurement of 10 uS use cell constant 0 1 and perform the following calculati
195. ly and swing the bezel open to the left 3 Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location of the printed wiring board retainer Loosen the two January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 17 Power Wiring 18 Step Action screws that hold the retainer and slide the retainer to the left until the retainer tabs disengage from the terminal boards Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location of the Power Supply Analog Output Relay Output board Insert a screwdriver into the hole in the middle of the terminal board and pull out gently Slide the board half way out There is a notch in the terminal board into which you can slide the retainer tabs and hold the board in place while wiring Install a fused disconnect switch in the power line that will be connected to the Analyzer elf a 230 240 Vac line is to be connected use a 0 15 amp fuse elf a 110 120 Vac line is to be connected use a 0 30 amp fuse Fuse must be a Time Delay or Slo Blo type Each unit has 4 22 22mm 87 dia holes on the bottom of the unit for lead wires and conduit fittings Conduit fittings to be supplied by the user Feed the power wiring through the wiring port on the bottom of the case Connect the power wiring to terminals L1 and L2 N as shown in Figure 4 1 Connect the Green safety ground wire to the grounding stud on the case Attention Terminal 1 must be connected to the ground stud on the grounding bar using a 14 AWG UL CS
196. milar to the pH ORP input shown previously and has an identical Setup Inputs parameter menu with the following important differences No ORP measurement ORP is not selectable as a PV Type in Setup Inputs No HPW measurement HPW is not selectable as a PV Type in Setup Inputs The parameter Temperature Input is available for either Durafet or Glass PV type to enable or disable A temperature input disable accommodates preamps that do not transmit measured temperature from the probe This will disable all monitored temperature values temperature input diagnostics and faults and the parameter Solution Temp Comp under Setup Inputs pH Preamp n You need to disable Temperature Input for Durafet from External Preamp PV Type pH Glass The PV type determines the numerical format and the pH HPW units of measure on the online PV display Measured pH Durafet PV is generally displayed with fixed decimal precision default PV Range 0 0 to 14 0 pH Read Only Temp Input Enable Enable to allow Temp Type selection see below Disable default Temp Type 8550Q Therm 8550 Thermistor Temp Input default te 1000Q RTD 1000 Resistance Temperature Detector Enable Manual Manual Temp Deg F or C 14 0 to 230 0 F Temp Deg F or C will appear depending on what Temp Input default 772F Temperature Unit was selected in Maintenance Enable Tem setup group parameter Temp Units oe Wena 10 to 110 C Pg P
197. mode See Table 6 13 TRV tracking value is the commanded output value in percentage PID Output TRV Input when TRC ON See Table 6 13 When TRC is active the front panel display will indicate TRV for the PID loop Remote PID Tracking Variables can be connected to TRC and TRV to allow remote control of the PID output TRC can be connected to a digital variable TRV can be connected to an analog variable PID Tracking versus Manual Mode Tracking is not the same as manual mode e Tracking value cannot be adjusted from the front panel Manual output value can e Manual output cannot be adjusted remotely Tracking value can e Manual has priority over tracking If operating in the tracking mode the output can be adjusted from the front panel by selecting manual and adjusting the output When manual is terminated the active mode will be TRC and the output will go to TRV Using Auto Manual Switch It may be desirable to use a discrete input to place a PID into manual momentarily to freeze the output With tracking this can be done 1 Connect the TRV to PID output 2 Connect the TRC to a discrete input When the discrete input is active the output is frozen MANUAL select When the discrete input is inactive the PID runs in the auto mode AUTO select 92 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration While TRY is active the output can be adjusted using manual mode from the front panel Af
198. n Diagnostic Failsafe Outputs Continuous diagnostic routines detect failure modes trigger a failsafe output value and identify the failure to minimize troubleshooting time The UDA2182 Analyzer performs extensive self diagnostics as a background task during normal operation If a problem is detected a message is displayed on the Message stripe to alert the operator In addition the operator can initiate keypad and display tests using Maintenance Menu functions High Noise Immunity The analyzer is designed to provide reliable error free performance in industrial environments that often affect highly noise sensitive digital equipment Watertight corrosion resistant case CSA Type 4X NEMA 4X rated enclosure permits use in applications where it may be subjected to moisture dust or hose down conditions The UDA2182 is designed for panel pipe or wall mounting 4 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 2 Specifications 2 1 Specifications UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Display Graphical LCD with white LED Backlight Viewing Area 66 8 mm W X 35 5 mm H Dot Pixels 128 W X 64 H Display Ranges pH 0 14 pH Temperature 10 to 110 C 14 to 230 F ORP 1600 to 1600 mV Conductivity 0 01 Cell 0 2 uS cm displayable to 200 uS cm 0 0 2 mS cm 0 2 000 ppb TDS 0 200 ppm TDS 0 1 Cell 0 20 uS cm displayable to 2000 uS cm 0 2 mS cm 0 2 000 ppb TDS 0 2 000 ppm TDS 1 0 Cell 0 200 uS cm display
199. n conductivity These two measurements in combination are useful for measuring the amount of base contained in the influent sample and the extent of contamination by unwanted salts such as sodium chloride sodium sulfate etc January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 37 Operating the Analyzer 5 9 3 38 Degassed CO2 The dual input UDA can also be configured for degassed CO2 measurement by employing cells 2 and 3 Here the cation effluent stream is degassed of CO typically by heating the cation effluent stream to a near boiling temperature This heating step results in CO out gassing The resulting 25 C compensated conductivity measurement of Cell 3 is lower in value in proportion to the amount of dissolved CO2 pH Calculation from Specific and Cation Conductivity Setup Connect cell 1 to input 1 and cell 2 to input 2 Follow the appropriate instructions to configure the UDA for Cation Calc See Section 6 18 Maintenance Configuration Under the sub menu selection of Inputs the Cation Calc parameter offers two possible selections 1 pH Ammonia Specific conductivity temperature compensation assumes ammonia NH3 is the base reagent In addition to display of conductivity values this selection provides for determination and display of solution pH value 2 pH Amine pH Specific conductivity temperature compensation assuming a generic amine base These include any one or combination of the following amines
200. n Manual mode Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing to make the edit permanent to return to the selected PID Display Be January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 27 Operating the Analyzer 5 7 Auto Cycle Displays 5 7 1 Overview Auto Cycling allows each input probe to be automatically rinsed and calibrated on a recurring schedule in response to an event or on demand Auto cycling is supported with Setup Menus Section 6 15 Auto Cycle Configuration Status Displays Section 5 10 Status Display and Operational Displays Section 5 7 as well as Event History Section 5 11 and Calibration History logging Section 11 5 7 2 Access to Auto Cycle Displays e When Auto Cycle is enabled see Auto Cycling Setup Section 6 15 press until you see Sequence Auto Cycle 1 or 2 Step Relay 1 Physical State White De energized Black Energized AUTO CYCLE 1 PV 70 00 elep 12 48 27 uS cm Next 06 05 01 12 00 00PM Relay 2 Physical State White De energized Black Energized a Current Clock Time or remaining Elapsed Time White De energized Relay 3 Physical State Black Energized N PV Units 27 2 C input Temperature See Table 5 5 Relay 4 Physical State White De energized Black E
201. ne if a DO probe can reach 0 0 ppb you can immerse the probe in a solution of sodium sulfite Na2SO3 or sodium meta bisulfite Na2S20s A 2 to 5 by weight solution in water is sufficient If available a small level of coboltous ion CO will act as a catalyst and speed up the reaction of oxygen with the scavenger Note The lifetime of this solution is related to its exposure to air Namely the greater the exposure the shorter the lifetime However a Honeywell proven low ppb DO test using Nitrogen an oxygen displacer is recommended in Appendix M Procedure for Low Level ppb Dissolved Oxygen Testing of this manual UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 12 Appendix K Percent Saturation Readout In some special applications it is desirable to read out in percent saturation rather than concentration These are usually in non aqueous solutions where the normal temperature compensation of the Series UDA2182 Analyzer for the solubility of air oxygen in water does not apply The percent saturation readout disables this solubility part of the temperature compensation The readout is 100 when measuring in air or in a solution saturated with air regardless of the temperature Thus an air calibration will always produce approximately a 100 saturation readout With this readout salinity should be left at zero since the normal salinity correction also does not apply to non aqueous media When percent sat
202. nection to any Alarm Alarm Group Monitor Logic Digital Input Input Fault Output Fault Hold Key Pharm Warn Pharm Fail Control Alarms Input 1 and 2 Rinse and Cal Pts Cycle on or fail Time proportional output is a form of a process variable transmitter or control output that pulses the relay as a pulse width modulated signal that is proportional to the input signal over a configured input range The Time Proportional cycle time is configurable between 0 1 and 999 seconds while the duty cycle is directly proportional to the selected input signal Frequency proportional output is a form of a process variable transmitter or control output that pulses the relay as a pulse rate that is proportional to the input signal over a configured input range The maximum frequency is set by the cycle time that is configurable between 0 1 and 999 seconds The pulse duration is fixed and configured in seconds by an on time parameter On Off output relay turns On when the input is greater than the high and low ranges and turns off when the input is less than the high and low ranges This allows an on off control action with an adjustable dead band The On state is controlled by a cycle time and on duration parameters such to achieve a selectable output proportion An invert parameter is available to allow inverse action such that the relay will cycle ON when below the low range limit Pulse Output relay will provide a fixed duty cycle when the applied in
203. neeeseeeaeesaaeenaees 158 8 7 5 Performing Calibration Trim eee eseeseeseeeseecnseceseceseceseceseceseeeseeseeeseaeeeaeeeaaesaaeenaees 159 8 7 6 Resetting Calibration Trim iiss c3ise cce te cctesscpbeetichstbpeistes E E E e e 162 8 7 7 Cation pH Calibration sy sestir Secbstadcegetatsdesbedlaseestibts iectscndseatoed Ee EE aA EE E 163 8 7 8 Resetting pH Offset fcc tee eatin n pectin beds E a E wales 165 8 8 Dissolved Oxy gen Calibration 2sd cebseiepeeteehlecieies aa i ede 166 3 08 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual vii 9 OUTPUTS CALIBRATION cstestacticetsastccateascacuteictcanteesscartientadsaactecsaeantacarearcacudone 178 9E OVELVICW Kosta decree tose e a tes deve E ieee hated a So eee aed e ee eh esters 178 9 2 Qutput Calibration ossessi iei ee Satie ea bee teed tana ene ea e ees 179 10 TEMPERATURE INPUT CALIBRATION 00 ccccccssssseeeeesseseeeeeesseneeeeeeneeneeees 185 LOL OVERVIC With teases ir ene eea et peste ale Ga re E A A TE E lazuli ahetegelan nits 185 10 2 Temperature Input Calibration sss ssevsctesiietiveed passes eect ceded ede ated a e a es 186 11 CALIBRATION HISTORY vis sctscctccctisssiecdsccdsestecctenndecsdecntercdssetaendevadesndartaesdsendeas 189 TED SQV ErvVie Wiss sseeeseecesels eae desea A EOL ETET eet 189 FEZ Clear Calibration History sx 3cicewie srk bectiie iene eee ene he e 190 12 DIAGNOSTICS AND MESSAGES cccceeeesesseeeeeesseceeeeesseeeeeeeenseeeeeeenneenee
204. nergized Date and Time of next cycle Cycle Timer is Off or Fail Detail Message Figure 5 4 Auto Cycle Display screen example 28 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 7 3 5 7 4 How it works Each occurrence of a sequence of actions for the cleaning and calibration of a probe is a cycle The status message Auto Cycle n Active appears for the duration of a non failing cycle where n refers to 1 or 2 Each cycle consists of the following sequence that will vary depending on the input type and parameters selected Cycle Start Probe Extract if enabled Probe Rinse Cal pt 1 Cal pt 2 If the input is pH Probe Insert If enabled Resume Delay If a time is selected For a more detailed explanation please refer to Table 5 5 Displays The current sequence step is shown in the upper half of the Auto Cycle display When Cycle Stop is displayed the field to the right displays the current clock time in the format configured in Setup Maintenance Clock When the cycle is active the same field provides the remaining elapsed time for the current sequence step The lower half of the Auto Cycle display provides either the date and time of the next cycle an indication that the cycle timer is off or an auto cycle fail detail message January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 29 Operating the Analyzer 5 7 5 5 7 6 5 7 7 5 7 8 5 7 9
205. ng Recommendations 229 15 16 Appendix O Auto Clean and Auto Cal Examples 231 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 199 Appendices Se 15 2 Appendix A Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation See Appendix B for titanium cells mounted into stainless steel flow chamber 31079198 Introduction 200 If you use standard Honeywell cell lead lengths of 7 or 20 feet connected directly to the Analyzer no compensation for lead resistance is necessary Similarly if a junction box is used to extend the leads up to 150 feet no compensation is required However if longer leads are used greater than 150 feet signal accuracy can be adversely affected unless you enter information that will permit the UDA2182 to compensate for lead resistance in the black and white cell leads only Lead resistance compensation is not necessary nor applied to the other cell leads For lengths up to 1000 feet simply specify the gauge and length as described in Table 6 5 Note that the maximum wire size for sensor inputs at the input terminal board is 16AWG DirectLine DL4000 series cells have a total lead length limit of 250 feet If mixed wired gauges are used or lead length or wire gauge are not within the stated ranges the UDA2182 can still perform the compensation However you must first calculate the lead resistance and then put it in terms of the available settings for AWG gauge and length The resistance of ea
206. ng from the top of the reservoir 7 If using the adapter or a PVC flow through chamber place a wire uncurled paper clip in adapter or flow through chamber opening such that one end is immersed in the salt water solution If using a Stainless Steel SS flow chamber you do not need the wire 8 Using a DVM that can measure Mohms attach one DVM lead to the paper clip or touch side of SS flow through chamber and the other DVM lead to the cathode black lead Measure the impedance between the Cathode and the wire probe side If the probe has no leakage problem this resistance will be greater than 1 Mohm Go to Step 10 If the reading is in the k ohms or ohms range there is a leak in the membrane which can cause erratic readings in the probe Stop any further testing until the probe is replaced 9 If you are here it has been confirmed that there are no membrane leaks in the DO probe Remove the tape and wire from probe and rinse probe with tap water Go to Steps 9 16 on the following pages January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 219 Appendices oe Check that analyzer is working 1 2 Remove power from analyzer Disconnect the probe and put the following resistor values on the terminal block of the analyzer e Jumper bare wire Anode 8 to Ref 9 e 10k resistor Ref 9 to Cathode 10 e 5k resistor across thermistor leads 4 and 5 3 Turn analyzer back on 5 If you see a reading of
207. ng oren ioaea e ee e E eeta see a E EN n taa tdt 10 Mounin Sossio a ee a ae eea seabed Ate e e e Ait E 10 POWER WIRING iravceccntuaescnuteavaiacanauscucactuscavinneisanseduccasseavimauscbuecuudeaniinnfuauscesentuaiais 15 ODLET AA AEE EEE A E EA E A E S 15 General Wining Practices 2cas iahiie aint ea aie ia TE SEE aah eae 16 Power Winna Considerations isc ca vevste iecaets Ate niee de Megelandeceetie Ue ebat a E betets ea 17 Installing Power WID Oe recec Cee iesheed react eet eee beak hades Sas dae Degen dea bead cea goes aaa eee tvae 17 OPERATING THE ANALYZER oiciciscciscssescccecisectecnsecesnedeusdueninsncseuduwcdersdvecauandewese 20 OVERVIEW ae Sexi itd Ra Rtas ea ee ete ae a eden 20 Analyzer OVervie Waaa aneren a e E ETE habits Bette hess week eh es Rape E He had 21 KG y Navigation ieuane n tices sad eco aaea a aa aee aaa bel easgh 22 Displays Overview emin eaa eor a ated ete ate laa See DEE AONE SE 23 Input Display sr etrs e DE E E Ea E e AA E A O AE E 25 PIDDiIspli Se r a E E e A E TEE 26 Auto Cycle Displays rosenen eaaa e oaeen A aa Ea N ea naa Eea EE eseat 28 Jel OVEVIEW oette e Angele seek eee a a ethene e Sande a Mee a Sched 28 5 7 2 Access to Auto Cycle Displiysecsni ennech a aiie 28 Sa A E Lo AO i EE ES 29 SA UDiSplays inanin ieee a e aid ek easton a chee ea 29 SLE Hold ACV En oesreste bade deel E tbs restetadseetbedseeld 30 5 7 6 Probe Transit sez csavess ectst sven cote or a e a e A cs devel sidan i a aa 30
208. niversal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 159 Input Calibration Table 8 8 Conductivity of Potassium Chloride Solutions at 25 C Concentration M Conductivity microSiemens per cm 0 001 147 0 0 005 717 8 M Molarity 1M 74 555g potassium chloride per liter of solution Procedure Table 8 9 Procedure for Performing Calibration Trim Using a Reference Solution Step Action Screen 1 Calibrate CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History 2 PV INPUT CAL Press In 1 pH ORP Cal Use AV to select Input 1 or 2 Conduc Cal 3 IN2 Conduc Cal Press Cal Trim Reset Cal Trim 4 e Remove the cell from the process e Rinse the cell thoroughly with de ionized water 160 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen Enter Press Enter 6 Follow the prompts atthe top Place probe in Sample and bottom of the screen The display will show the conductivity of the reference solution as measured by the cell and Analyzer system Press Enter when stable 7 Once the reading is stable Change to Sample value Use AY to change the value to Press match the actual conductivity of the reference solution at its current temperature Enter to save Exit to cancel 8 This will save the Calibration Press Trim Value If the calibration trim adjustment is successful the
209. not to scale Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Support Plate Dimensions Figure 3 3 Pipe Mounting Dimensions not to scale Figure 3 4 Wall Mounting Dimensions not to scale Figure 4 1 Power Wiring Figure 5 1 UDA2182 Operator Interface all display items shown Figure 5 2 Example Two Input Display Figure 5 3 PID Loop 1 Edit Display screen example Figure 5 4 Auto Cycle Display screen example Figure 5 5 Pharma Display screen example Figure 5 6 UDA for Cation and Degassed CO Figure 5 7 Cation Display screen example for pH calculations Figure 5 8 Status Display screen example Figure 5 9 Event History Display screen example Figure 5 10 Alarm Event Display screen example Read Only Figure 5 11 Screen capture of Process Instrument Explorer running on a Pocket PC Figure 6 1 UDA2182 Block Diagram Figure 7 1 Wiring Terminals and board Location Figure 7 2 Terminal Designations for Durafet III Electrode Figure 7 3 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode Figure 7 4 Terminal Designations for Meredian II Electrode Figure 7 5 Terminal Designations for Meredian I Electrode with Quick Disconnect Figure 7 6 Terminal Designations for ORP Figure 7 7 Terminal Designations for Direct pH ORP with Quick Disconnect Option Figure 7 8 Terminal Designations for HPW7000 System Figure 7 9 Terminal Designations for HB Series pH or ORP Figure 7 10 Terminal Designations for Meredian Electrode with External Preamplifier Figure 7 11 Terminal Designations for D
210. nput Step Action Screen 1 Turn off the power to the Analyzer More than one switch may be required to disconnect power 2 With the power off open the case Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the bezel Grasp the bezel on the right side Lift the bezel gently and swing the bezel open to the left The bezel and display assembly is mounted on pivot arms 3 Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location of the terminal board retainer Loose the screws that hold the retainer and slide the retainer right or left until the retainer tabs disengage from the terminal boards UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 Insert a screwdriver into the tab in the terminal board to be wired and pull Slide the board half way out There is a notch in the terminal board into which you can slide the retainer tabs and hold the boards in place while wiring 5 Label and remove the input wiring from the input terminals Terminals 8 and 10 See Figure 7 6 Terminal Designations for ORP 6 Feeding the test wiring through the conduit hole in the case connect a voltage supply to the 8 and 10 input terminals e To apply a signal in the range 0 to 1600 mV connect the plus to 8 and the minus to 10 e To apply a signal in the range 1 to 1600 mV connect the plus to 10 and the minus to 8 Slide the Input board back and close the case and power
211. ntial conductivity should very closely match each other If they DO NOT match each other the possible causes are listed below 1 Upsets in water chemistry such as cation exchange resin exhaustion can cause the pH readings to not agree with each other CHECK EXCHANGE RESIN 2 A low reboiler temperature will not be effective in removing dissolved CO2 resulting in an incorrect and low CO indication CHECK REBOILER TEMPERATURE 3 Nernst Electrode pH system failure will cause the two readings to disagree Electrode pH systems are more susceptible to failure than conductivity cells and depleted reference electrodes incorrectly LOW readings or broken measuring electrodes usually incorrectly HIGH readings can occur CHECK pH ELECTRODE SYSTEM UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer 5 10Status Display Overview The Status Displays let you see the status of the Alarm Status PID Alarm Status Logic Status Input Status Output levels Relay states Monitor Status Math Values Aux Values Auto Cycling Variables Comm Status System Status and the Calculated values Calc Values available only if both units of measurement are identical Access to Status Displays e Press p until you see STATUS DISPLAY Alarm Status PID Alarm Status Logic Status Input Status Output Levels Relay States Monitor Status Math Values Aux Values Variables Comm Status Auto Cycling if config
212. ntrol and output operation resumes The HOLD and AUTOSEQUENCE messages are cleared Items outside this area buffer provided by user solution y to process fH 7 electrode gt AL l L to drain ZK aa mok De rinse water S1 Figure 15 12 Rinse and One Point Calibration Rinse and two point calibration sequence With this function rinse and one point standardization operations are performed as described previously according to the configured schedule If two point calibration is to be performed periodically then after the configured number of standardization operations Steps 4a and 4b shown below are also performed before Step 5 above to make the slope adjustment 4a 4b Relay 3 activates solenoid valve S3 for the configured buffer time to direct the second buffer flow to the electrodes After stability is reached or the set maximum buffer time elapses the instrument calculates and stores a new slope value using automatic buffer recognition Diagnostics detect excessive instability or offset prevent erroneous calibrating and can activate an alarm depending on configuration If the diagnostic fails an error message is always displayed on the alarm stripe see Section 9 If an unacceptable value is obtained it will be rejected and the previous value will be retained for uninterrupted operation UDA21
213. ntrol using the conductivity ratio of two points with each bed Ratio measurement accounts for feedwater variations when the upstream point is measured at the cation bed inlet With the upstream point in the bed as shown for following stages it can identify exhaustion before breakthrough CELL 2 e CELL2 t CELL 1 CELL 1 CELL 1 sf DI WATER CATION BED ANION BED MIXED BED Reverse Osmosis Reverse Osmosis efficiency is monitored by comparing inlet and outlet conductivity or TDS Automatic calculations of Percent Rejection or Percent Passage are provided If readout is in resistivity cell locations are interchanged Temperature readout assists with normalized performance comparisons CELL 2 ELL 1 ROUNIT j L j L FEED 4 No esdas PERMEATE CONCENTRATE Percent Passage Cell x100 Typical Range is 0 to 20 Cell2 Celll Percent Rgedion 1 Fabs x100 Typical Range is 80 to 100 Conductivity Resistivity TDS Difference Conductivity Resistivity TDS difference using redundant cells on critical processes can provide a valuable diagnostic capability If the difference in measurements exceeds the alarm points an operator is summoned for corrective action Monitoring may be switched to the alternate cell during maintenance For deviation in either direction two different 212 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices alarms
214. o only PV Type 1 000 default conductivity to derive total dissolved solids in units of TDS 2 000 ppm per uS cm Temp Type 85500 Therm 8550 Thermistor default 1000Q RTD 10009 Resistance Temperature Detector Manual Manual Temp Deg Cor F 10 0 to If Manual is selected at Temp Type Temp Deg F 140 0 C or C will appear depending on what Temperature Unit 5 was selected in Maintenance setup group 14 to 284 F parameter Temp Units January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 69 Configuration Sub menu selection Parameter Selection or Range of Setting Parameter Definition 70 Solu Temp Comp None Custom H20 NH3 PO4 C4H9NO HCl NaCl default H2S04 NaOH Measured Conductivity and Resistivity can optionally be temperature compensated to 25 C for a specific solution type TDS and concentration are always measured based on a specific solution type The cell constant and measurement type determines which solution types are available for selection according to the table below Cell Constant 0 01 Available Selectable Solution Types Use the AV keys to select None Conductivity Resistivity only NaCl uS cm mS cm TDS ppb TDS ppm NH3 uS cm TDS ppb TDS ppm C4HgNO uS cm TDS ppb TDS ppm H2S04 HCL NaOH mS cm 0 1 Default None Conductivity Resistivity only NaCl uS cm mS cm TDS ppb TDS ppm NH3 uS cm TDS ppb
215. o code Instrument wiring should conform to regulations of the National Electrical Code Recommended maximum wire size Table 7 1 Recommended Maximum Wire Size 14 2 081 power relays and PE D earth Shielded wiring for locations with interference In applications where plastic conduit or open wire trays are used shielded milticonductor 22 gage 0 326 mm or heavier signal input wiring is required Avoiding interference Instrument wiring is considered Level 1 per section 6 3 of IEEE STD 518 for plant facilities layout and instrumentation application Level 1 wiring must not be run close to higher level signals such as power lines or drive signals for phase fired SCR systems etc Unprotected input wiring in high electrical noise environments is subject to electromagnetic electrostatic and radio frequency interference pickup of sufficient magnitude to overload input filters The best instrument performance is obtained by keeping the interfering signals out of the instruments altogether by using proper wiring practices References Refer to the following when wiring the unit e IEEE STD 518 Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize Electrical Noise Inputs from External Sources e Appropriate wiring diagram supplied with electrode mounting or preamplifier module 116 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 3 Inputs and Outputs Introduction T
216. oard Retainer Ground Screws 5 Figure 7 1 Wiring Terminals and board Location Power Supply Terminals Wiring Access Ports Inside case with door open Procedure A A WARNING While the unit is powered a potentially lethal shock hazard exists inside the case Do not open the case while the unit is powered 118 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wirin Table 7 2 Procedure for installing Input and Output wiring Step Action 1 Go to Configuration setup to view the displays showing analog input relay and analog output use Note the assignments shown You must wire the unit to match these assignments in order for the analyzer to work as expected See Section 6 ATTENTION A Ay Turn off the power to the analyzer More than one switch may be required to remove power 2 With power off open the case e Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the bezel e Grasp the bezel on the right side Lift the bezel gently and swing the bezel open to the left 3 Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location of the terminal board retainer Loosen the screws that hold the retainer and slide the retainer left until the retainer tabs disengage from the terminal boards 4 Insert a screwdriver into the tab in the terminal board to be wired and pull out gently Slide the board half way out There is a notch in the terminal board into which you can slide the retain
217. ode Shield 1 2 to 2 0 VDC depending on oxygen level less than 1 mV AC In low ppb measurements this value may be zero Cathode Shield lt 1 mV DC less than 1 mV AC 3 Any readings greater than the limits shown above indicate electrical noise that should be corrected 4 Systematically remove external connections to the Analyzer noting if the voltage drops within the acceptable limit 5 Ifa noise source is identified improved shielding grounding or re routing of that cable may be required In attempting to reduce AC noise do not ground the shield as this shunt filtering is designed to reduce electromagnetic interferences EMC 6 Ifthe measured voltages are greater than procedures states one at a time remove an external connection ex isolated outputs and relays and re measure the AC signal If the AC signal has decreased after disconnecting one of these connections then this was the source of the noise 7 Ifthe noise remains at a value greater than 1 mV AC after disconnecting all external connections described in step 1 disconnect the shield wire from Terminal 7 and connect it to instrument ground inside the case 8 Ifthe noise remains at a value greater than 1 mV AC after performing step 2 reconnect the shield wire to Terminal 7 and connect an additional jumper wire from ground to the shield connection Terminal 7 If these steps fail to reduce the Anode Shield and Cathode Shield AC signals to the specified ImV
218. oint is in the sensitive area closer to the neutral point Although this reaction is fast for stability a retention time of at least 10 minutes is usually needed for continuous treatment Proportional pH control is often used in this stage Remove suspended chromium hydroxide Subsequently a settling tank and or filter will remove the suspended chromium hydroxide Flocculating agents are helpful in this separation Batch Treatment Sequence of steps Continuous treatment for chrome removal is shown in Figure 15 5 However all of the reactions can be achieved with semi automatic batch control Only a single tank with a pH controller and an ORP controller are required The steps of the treatment are sequenced and the pH setpoint is changed to give the same results as for the continuous treatment Acid is added to lower pH to 2 5 then reducing agent is added to lower ORP potential to 250 mV After waiting a few minutes to ensure a complete reaction and possible test for Cr the sodium hydroxide is added to raise pH to 8 as in the second stage of the continuous treatment The settling period then begins or the batch is pumped to a separate settling tank or pond ORP Potential a Measure of Status 210 Sulfite is reducing ion An oxidation reduction reaction involves the transfer of the electrons from the reducing agent to the ion being reduced In the chrome removal application sulfur in the sulfite ion donates electrons to reduce t
219. on 10 k ohms 0 1 x 1 000 000 10 Example 2 To determine the check resistor value needed to simulate resistivity measurement of 10 M ohms use cell constant 0 01 and perform the following calculation 100 K ohms 0 01 x 10 000 000 Concentration values Obtain the appropriate check resistance value from the table below Table 15 1 Data for Concentration Range Measurements Material Weight Concentration Simulation Resistance ohms 252 C Cell Constant a O_O _ L o oe o0 242 5 485 0 68 9 137 7 ee o0 538 7 1077 4 140 0 280 0 Hydrochloric Acid HCI ee o0 1435 1 2870 3 398 0 796 1 o0 ee 473 0 946 1 135 1 270 1 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 217 Appendices ee 15 8 Appendix G Noise Testing Dissolved Oxygen Application Hints for Reducing Noise 218 Specifications for proper operation of Honeywell dissolved oxygen DO probes demand that the alternating current AC voltage signal noise between anode and shield connections and cathode and shield connections be less than 1 mV AC While it is your responsibility to assure that this specification is met the following are some hints that have been successful in reducing these signals to the required value in a variety of installations 1 First eliminate external connections as a source of excess AC noise 2 After installation of all wiring use a digital voltmeter to check the following voltages An
220. on Typical Titration Curve Figure 15 5 Chrome Treatment System Figure 15 6 Chrome Reduction Typical Titration Curve Figure 15 7 Suggested ppb Dissolved Oxygen Test Set up Figure 15 8 Typical Probe Installation Figure 15 9 Auto Clean Setup Figure 15 10 Auto Cal Setup Figure 15 11 Automatic Electrode Wash Setup Figure 15 12 Rinse and One Point Calibration Figure 15 13 Two Point AutoCal Operation xii UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 156 162 165 173 177 184 188 200 202 204 205 208 209 228 229 232 233 235 236 237 January 2009 Introduction 1 Introduction 1 1 Overview Multi function instrument The UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer is the next level of dual channel analyzers providing unprecedented versatility and flexibility The UDA2182 can accept single or dual inputs from Honeywell Direct pH pH from preamp ORP Oxidation Reduction Potential Contacting Conductivity and Dissolved Oxygen sensors Measurements for Dual channel units can be arranged in any combination of measurement User interface Process Information at a Glance is a unique feature of the UDA2182 graphical backlit LCD Two PV values with corresponding UOM unit of measure temperature alarm state scales and limits tagging and status messages can be displayed simultaneously Ten dedicated keys provide direct access to Setup configuration menus and sub menus and Calibration Easy to configure Menu driven
221. on mode or at a calibration submenu e In configuration menu exits submenu to parent menu If at configuration main menu selects current online display e In configuration edit mode aborts editing of current parameter e When online acknowledges current alarm event to stop the flashing of the relay indicator and status message area Calibrate Selects the calibration main screen when online in configuration mode or at another calibration screen 00666 fe e When a Setup configuration menu or configuration edit screen is on display Use Up Down keys to highlight a different item e In configuration edit mode either selects the parameter character or numerical digit to change or selects an enumerated parameter value Use Up Down key to increment the value of the digit at the cursor Increases decreases the selected parameter value e When in display mode use up down keys to adjust the contrast on the screen 8 6 or e In configuration edit mode selects the character or digit to change e In calibration mode selects the next or previous calibration screen e In display mode selects a single or dual display on a unit with dual input 0 e In configuration menu selects edit mode for selected parameter e In configuration edit mode saves edited parameter selection or value e In calibration mode selects parameters to reset and the next calibration screen UDA2182 Universal Dua
222. onal to user set output range s of selected parameter s One optional Analog output 0 20 or 4 20 mAdc 750 ohms maximum isolated from inputs ground and each other and independently assignable to any parameters and ranges Relays Two 4A SPDT alarm control relays are standard with an additional two 4A relays available as an option Infrared Communications The infrared connection provides a non intrusive wireless connection with the instrument and maintains its weather tight integrity when combined with the optional PIE Process Instrument Explorer No need to get access to the back of the analyzer to communicate with the instrument no need to take your screw driver to wire the communication cable no wiring mistake possible You can now duplicate an instrument s configuration upload or download a new configuration in a matter of seconds just by pointing your Pocket PC in the direction of the instrument Communications Card Optional The Communication card provides one Serial Port and one Ethernet Port Serial port provides RS422 RS485 multi drop Modbus RTU protocol to read signals and read write variables Ethernet port provides Multi language web pages to monitor readings alarms statuses events Multi language web pages to setup Ethernet port settings Multi language email to send alarm status changes Modbus TCP protocol to read signals and read write variables Both ports can communicate to a PIE tool 2 UDA2182 Universal
223. orrect one Answer The infrared port of the analyzer is normally off You activate the infrared port on a particular analyzer by pressing any key You can now communicate with the analyzer If no communications are received for 2 minutes the port will be shut down again January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 49 Operating the Analyzer 5 13 Modbus Communications Overview The UDA2182 provides Modbus communication support on two communication interfaces using the optional Communication Card A general summary is listed below For details see UDA2182 Communications User Guide 70 82 25 126 Summary Communications Card Optional The Communications card provides one Serial Port RS485 and one Ethernet Port Serial port provides e RS422 RS485 multi drop e 1200 to 38400 programmable baud rate e Modbus RTU protocol to read signals including PV Temperature Alarm Status outputs relay status etc e Read write four analog and four digital variables Note 1 Ethernet port provides e Upto 5 Modbus TCP connections simultaneously e Ethernet parameters are configured via the front panel or web pages e Web server with up tol0 clients simultaneously e Multi language Web pages Note 2 setup the Ethernet port settings and monitor readings alarms statuses events e Multi language Email to send alarm status changes Alarm notification to eight email addresses These must be configured using web pages si
224. oval Lower pH and add reducing agent Sulfuric acid is used to lower the pH to about 2 5 which promotes the reduction reaction and ensures complete treatment The reducing agent may be sulfur dioxide sodium sulfite sodium bisulfite sodium metabisulfite sodium hydrosulfite or ferrous sulfate The reaction is given below The chromate is expressed as chromic acid CrO3 with a 6 charge on the chromium and the reducing agent is expressed as sulfurous acid H2SO3 which is generated by sulfites at low pH The result is chromium sulfate Cro SO 3 with a 3 charge on the chromium The reaction is expressed as 2CrO 3H SO gt Cr SO 3H O This first stage reaction is analyzed and controlled by independent control loops acid addition by pH control reducing agent addition by redox potential or ORP oxidation reduction potential control Often an ON OFF type of control using solenoid valves or metering pumps can be used The pH controller simply calls for additional acid whenever the pH rises above 2 5 The ORP controller calls for additional reducing agent whenever the ORP potential rises above about 250 mV The metal ORP electrode is positive with respect to the reference electrode Titration curve The ORP titration curve in Figure 15 6 shows the entire millivolt range if Cr chrome is treated as a batch With continuous treatment operation is maintained in the fully reduced portion of the curve near the 250 mV setpoint The ORP
225. ow supply system conductor ip Functional earth terminal Used for non safety purposes such as noise immunity improvement NOTE This connection shall be bonded to protective earth at the source of supply in accordance with national local electrical code requirements Earth Ground Functional earth connection NOTE This connection shall be bonded to Protective earth at the source of supply in accordance with national and local electrical code requirements Chassis Ground Identifies a connection to the chassis or frame of the equipment shall be bonded to Protective Earth at the source of supply in accordance with national and local electrical code requirements b Be iv UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 3 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 3 08 Contents INTRODUCTION sssini aea aaa a aa a EE ei 1 CDV EL VIE W oasa ee a oe e e opts e ee raoe de erede r r e taiar aeai aoii da 1 Features roere d erta aE ie E E ea o E A Ea e E EE e E E e e A E E R ans 3 SPECIFICA T ONS r rr aar a raaa r aaa r a ea aa Aaa arada eE ranae Cinania 5 Specific aons eoceno aiee eie E a EEA EE AEEA TE EEEE AA EE EEE EEE EEEE RESEN 5 CE Conformity E r pe Jrs eesi a en A a E E A E eee ee EN 7 UNPACKING PREPARATION AND MOUNTING csseseeeeessseeeeeeesseeeeeeenneenes 9 OVERVIEW suites ein te ees oie des ee eee eh ened i eee ens E 9 Unpacking and Prepari
226. probe from flow chamber and expose to 25 C air for 2 hours 8 Perform an air calibration January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 227 Appendices ey 9 Return probe to flow chamber and resume nitrogen sparging 10 When analyzer indicates that DO level is below 20 ppb change gas to 250 ppm O2 in nitrogen Run until equilibrated 4 6 hours After equalization note barometric pressure and temperature 11 Compare reading with calculated value To Calculate True Value Air Sat Value at T C x known gas O2 Value x Barometric Pressure True Value 20 9 760 mmHg Example Calculation At 25 C using 250 ppm O2 in N2 at 770 mm Hg True Value 8 24 x 10 x 250 x 10 x 770 9 986 x 10 or 10 ppb 20 9 x 10 760 Tf the temperature of the process water is not at 25 C use O2 Solubility Tables in Table 15 2 and the process water temperature to determine the Air Saturated Op value Honeywell Model 2182 Special Requirements P a Universal Dual Analyzer Note 1 Gas Mixture is Oxygen in Nitrogen use Gravametric Gases analyzed to 1 of contained gas Get Certificates of Conformance and Analys on the purchased gas Note 2 Dual Stage Ultra high purity high flow pressure regulator non corrosive surface Try to get this from the gas supplier to beonsistent with their recommended setup Example supplier Scott ModeF18 Series Note 3 Glass Gas Washing bottles with fritted disc and beaker Gas lide s
227. put signal is ON The cycle time and pulse duration are configurable parameters The relay will be OFF when the applied input is OFF An inverse parameter allows the input to be inverted for reverse behavior Accessing Relays Menu e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AV keys to select Relays then press to enter the sub menu e Relay 1 Relay 2 Relay 3 or Relay 4 and their associated parameters are available for selection 76 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration e Press Y to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 7 Relays Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Relay Types Type Digital Out Digital Output Relay default Set relay Time Prop Time Proportional Output Relay types first Freq Prop Frequency Proportional Output On Off On Off control relay Pulse Out Pulse Output Relay 1 A Digital Output Relay allows connection to any Alarm Control Alarm Logic Alarm Event Relay 2 Hold Input or Output Fault or Digital Input nelayes Source Any Digital Signal Digital S igital Source Relay 4 See Table 6 4 g Digital Output Invert Enable Inverts the input state of the applied digital input Relay Disable default such that inverse relay operation is
228. r connections Unless locally applicable codes dictate otherwise use 14 gauge 2 081 mm wire for ac power including protective earth Power supply voltage and frequency within specs The power supply voltage and frequency must be within the limits stated in the specifications in Section 2 4 4 Installing Power Wiring Procedure A WARNING Turn power off at mains before installing AC Power Wiring Do not remove boards with power ON A WARNING The ground terminal must be connected to a reliable earth ground for proper operation and to comply with OSHA and other safety codes If metal conduit is used connect a bonding wire between conduits Do not rely upon the conductive coating of the instrument case to provide this connection Failure to observe this precaution may result in serious personal injury A caution To avoid damage to the case when connecting to a rigid metallic conduit system the conduit hub must be connected to the conduit before the hub is connected to the enclosure Table 4 1 Procedure for installing AC Power Wiring Step Action 1 Check the tag on the outside of the case to be sure that the voltage rating of the unit matches the input voltage at your site ATTENTION The Unit may be damaged if you apply power with the wrong voltage 2 With Power off open the case e Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the bezel e Grasp the bezel on the right side Lift the bezel gent
229. ra iieiea 67 Auto Buffer Recognition eseeeeeeereeerereerrrerrenen 6 Chrome Waste Treatment eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 205 Auto Clean and Auto Cal Examples 0 0 00 228 Clear Cal History 00 0 22 e 109 Auto Cycle 1 Calibration Point 1 ccccceeeeees 60 Clear Calibration History ccescceeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 187 Auto Cycle 1 Calibration Point 2 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeee 60 Clear Event History cceeesceseseeseeteeeeeeeees 46 109 Auto Cycle 1 Failure eee eee eee 60 ClOCK 23 ee Rink ies 110 Auto Cycle 1 Probe Extraction cccccseceseeeteeees 60 CO ir ieee EN RES EE tp 109 Auto Cycle 1 Probe Rinse cecscceeeesseeeeeeeees 60 COs by Degassed Conductivity cceeeeeeeees 39 Auto Cycle 2 Calibration Point 1 ccccecceeeseeees 60 COMM Status ie e cseeeeeseheansseldivessieceseeedenseetewaesl 43 Auto Cycle 2 Calibration Point 2 cccceeeeeees 60 Communication Configuration 00 104 105 Auto Cycle 2 Failure c ccccccsceceeeseeeeessneeessneeeees 60 Communications Card cccccccecsssceesseseeeseneeeeees 49 Auto Cycle 2 Probe Extraction cccscceceeceeeees 60 Communications Card Optional essceeeeees 2 Auto Cycle 2 Probe Rinse ccccscceceseseeeeeeteeeees 60 Computed Variables cccccccesssscessseeeeeesteeeesseees 3 Auto Cycle Displays ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeene
230. ration UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 237 Index 238 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 3 mode Control sss pra irea nepa iiiaae 91 Auto Cycle Fail Messages 191 A Auto Cycle Start SOUrCE ccceeseeeeeeeees 100 102 AUtO CYCIING ee aa aii 44 100 102 Absolute Val crisi icin in dies 85 Auto Cycling Configuration 0 0 eee eee 99 Accessing Alarms Me nu cccccscscseeeseeeeees 81 Auto Permits es 3s ccs overt ee de eesti Accessing Auto Cycle Menu ccecceeee 99 100 Auto range functions Accessing Auxiliary Menu eeen 89 Automatic buffer recognition ccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 3 Accessing Communication Menu 104 105 Automatic Buffer recognition ccce 138 140 Accessing Control Menu cccssscceeeesteeeeeseeees 93 Automatic Calibration of ppb Dissolved Oxygen Probe Accessing Inputs Menu ccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 62 ve recta e a EE A aE EAA 230 Accessing Logic Menu ssesesseserieerrrerrrrerreens 86 AUX AEEA A A EET 43 Accessing Maintenance Menu s eeene 107 Auxiliary Configuration ccccceececeeseeeceneteeesens 88 Accessing Math Menu ceesesesseeeesneeeeeeneeees 84 Accessing Monitors Menu cceeeseeeeeneeeeeeneeees 82 B Accessing Outputs Menu eseeeseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 73 Bargraphs OVEIrVieW cccccceeeeceesseeeeeeeeneeeeeereaees 23
231. rents at zero ppb oxygen Electrode Conditioning Currents The platinum cathode and anode materials are actually made up of conducting platinum oxides These oxides exist at the molecular level The actual platinum surface state strongly affects the observed Faradaic currents Before methods of wire conditioning were established upwards of 96 hours was needed to allow these conditioning currents to stabilize Once wire conditioning methods were established it now takes approximately 24 hours for these conditioning currents to completely stabilize Electrode conditioning currents occur on first probe power ups following power interruptions of more than 1 second back up power is provided for the probe to prevent this current during a power outage of 1 hour or less and following a Probe Bias test Charging Currents The Dissolved Oxygen DO probe consists of closely spaced bi filar platinum windings separated by a high dielectric constant material This is a description of a capacitor the capacitance of a DO probe is in the hundreds if microFarads When the probe is scanned during a Probe Bias Test PBT at 25mV sec an appreciable charging current is observed This is equivalent to several hundred ppb dissolved oxygen The purpose of the PBT is to verify the optimum operating range of the current voltage curve It further allows one to determine if a reference shift has occurred Most importantly it allows one to select to identify a new
232. ress to enter the sub menu PID Control 1 and 2 are divided into 3 sections PID n Config Table 6 13 PID n Tune Table 6 14 PID n Alarms Table 6 15 Press AY to highlight the desired menu selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 13 PID Configuration Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting PID 1 Config PV Source None Process Variable Source PID 2 Config Input 1 PV default Input 2 PV PV High 99999 to 99999 Input Range of the PV High Range Value default High These values are in units of that Input PV such Range of PV Input as 0 14pH PV Low 99999 to 99999 Input Range of the PV Low Range Value default Low These values are in units of that Input PV such as Range of PV Input 9 14pH SP High Limit 99999 to 99999 Setpoint High Limit Value prevents the default High setpoint from going above the value set here Range of PV Input SP Low Limit 99999 to 99999 Setpoint Low Limit Value prevents the default Low setpoint from going below the value set here Range of PV Input Output High Limit 99999 to 99999 Output High Limit Value is the highest value default 100 00 of output beyond which you do not want the automatic output to exceed Output Low Limit 99999 to 99999 Output Low Limit Value is the lowest value of default 0 00 outpu
233. rned to the value it had just 172 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration before the test was initiated During this voltage sweep the probe current is monitored and the graph of current as a function of voltage is displayed If during the test the probe current rises above a factory set upper limit the bias voltage is returned to its pre test value at 25mV sec and the test is terminated without completing the full 1 0 Volt sweep The bias voltage test may also be terminated at any time by pressing the EXIT button Display Graph Under normal conditions the completed display shows a graph of current as a function of voltage with the following features from approximately 0 to 0 2 volts a fairly rapid increase in current is observed from approximately 0 2 to 0 8 volts the current exhibits a flat region where it is nearly independent of voltage and at some voltage above about 0 8 volts the current rises quickly A typical current voltage curve is shown below The Sweep Bias millivoltage along the bottom of the graph is a voltage from 0 1V that is applied to perform the test The Operating Bias millivoltage is the current position of the cursor on the graph and represents the current bias voltage The horizontal axis numerals are in hundreds of millivolts 0 55V 80pA 240 160 80 uA 05 02 04 06 08 WW Figure 8 5 Display of Probe Bias Test Done in Air Note that
234. rodes is necessary for best system performance because electrode outputs change over time One point calibration standardization is a zero adjustment to compensate for electrode drift Two point calibration standardization and slope adjustment includes a span adjustment to match the gain of the Analyzer Controller to the electrode response Standardization and slope each depend on the electrode measuring a reference solution buffer of known pH The AutoClean and AutoCal features periodically rinse and calibrate pH electrodes automatically as described in this section To take advantage of these features you must e Select them during I O setup Section 6 15 e Set the clock Section 6 18 and specify the frequency and duration of the cleaning and calibration operations Section 6 15 e Configure the system to use automatic buffer recognition Section 8 5 2 eWire the relays assigned to these operations during system setup to operate the necessary valves Section 7 3 e Install piping and valves as diagrammed in this section AutoClean Sequence and Piping Rinse sequence The AutoClean operation occurs at the configured intervals The sequence is described below 1 All alarm action is held at existing levels The output s can be held or be active depending on configuration Even if the outputs are not held HOLD ACTIVE is displayed on the alarm stripe because alarms are always held Also AUTOSEQUENCE is displ
235. rsal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Power Wiring 4 Power Wiring 4 1 Overview Introduction This section contains instructions for installing ac power wiring for the Analyzer in preparation for performing configuration setup as described in Section 6 We recommend that you wait to install input and output wiring See Section 7 until after Configuration Setup During configuration the software will determine for you which relay to use for each feature What s in this section The topics in this section are listed below Topic See Page 4 1 Overview 15 4 2 General Wiring Practices 16 4 3 Power Wiring Considerations 17 4 4 Installing Power Wiring 17 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 15 Power Wirin 4 2 General Wiring Practices A A WARNING Qualified personnel should perform wiring only Safety precaution A WARNING A disconnect switch must be installed to break all current carrying conductors Turn off power before working on conductors Failure to observe this precaution may result in serious personal injury A A WARNING An external disconnect switch is required for any hazardous voltage connections to the relay outputs Avoid damage to components ATTENTION This equipment contains devices that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge ESD As solid state technology advances and as solid state devices get smaller and smaller they
236. s when there are currently menu items below the screen accessible by moving the cursor down Use the AV keys January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 23 Operating the Analyzer Online Functions Table 5 2 Display Details Functions Detail Function Process Variable Values When two input boards are installed the default online screen displays both PVs and their units of measure as determined by the input boards the probe if memory embedded or any measurement configuration options that may be available When only one input board is installed the default online screen displays one PV and its units in a larger font size The currently selected PV type determines the numerical format and the units of measure on the online PV display Measured PV is generally displayed in the highest decimal precision possible with five digits and has a potentially displayable range of 0 0000 to 99999 The exceptions are dissolved oxygen pH ORP and temperature which are displayed with fixed decimal precision PV Type determines specific ranges and in the case of Conductivity cell constant determines available PV Types Each PV measurement and display is updated every 500ms maximum Each temperature measurement and display is updated every 10 seconds maximum See the Specific Input configuration for available ranges Section 6 6 Tag Name The real time displays of process values show the instrument s tag name
237. s current voltage characteristic to shift moving the flat region to other usually lower voltages Also in some very rare instances the chemical treatment of boiler water can cause this current voltage characteristic to shift moving the flat region to other usually lower voltages To summarize the Probe Bias Test automatically varies the probe voltage while displaying the probe current as shown in the figure At the completion of the test an opportunity to change the bias voltage is provided Thus even where significant gaseous contamination might otherwise interfere with the response of the probe to dissolved oxygen this advanced feature allows the probe to operate If the results of the probe bias test should ever be significantly different from those shown in the figure Honeywell Service should be consulted Procedure Table 8 14 Running a Probe Bias Scan Step Action Screen 1 CALIBRATION Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History 2 PV INPUT CAL Press Use 4Y io select Input 1 or 2 DO Cal 3 Press Air Cal Sample Cal Reset Cal Factor Pressure Cal Pressure Offset Reset Prs Offset Bias Volts Reset Bias Volts 174 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration January 2009 Press to start scan Step Action Screen Use AY to select Bias Scan 4 You will see Press to initiate the Sr cern Bias Scan screen Ent
238. s section are listed below Topic See Page 14 1 Overview 197 14 2 Part Numbers 198 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 197 Accessories and Replacement Parts 14 2 Part Numbers Introduction Part numbers for field replaceable parts and accessories are provided in Table 14 1 Table 14 1 Part Numbers 198 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices 15 Appendices 15 1 Table of Contents Topic See Page PH ORP 15 2 Appendix A Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation 200 15 3 Appendix B Entering Values for Lead Resistance Compensation Titanium Cells 202 15 4 Appendix C Cyanide Waste Treatment 204 15 5 Appendix D Chrome Waste Treatment 208 Conductivity Resistivity 15 6 Appendix E Two cell Applications 212 15 7 Appendix F Using a Precision Check Resistor 216 For Conductivity Dissolved Oxygen 15 8 Appendix G Noise Testing Dissolved Oxygen Application 218 15 9 Appendix H DO Probe and Analyzer Tests 219 15 10 Appendix Parameters Affecting Dissolved Oxygen Measurement 222 15 11 Appendix J Discussion on Chemical Interferences on Measured DO Currents 223 15 12 Appendix K Percent Saturation Readout 225 15 13 Appendix L Leak Detection in PPB Applications 226 15 14 Appendix M Procedure for Low Level ppb Dissolved Oxygen Testing 227 15 15 Appendix N Sample Tap Electrode Mounti
239. s stede eee sobetbtesacsbasestegessssaney sgh eaves buceauee sane tude TERE ERGE 76 Alarms Configiratione s v 28 tal vate aie aaa i oh ea ee athe aaa 81 Monitors Config urathomsd c2 seccc soveds Sectors sa bee Gat e i lege e E Saute aea i aa aa e a etel eels 83 Math Contig uration sc oc aeee aa eaaa Mest ae betes a V a a cat na aioe arbi edt 85 Lo S81 Configuration seanoa ei ee aa aa E eee E ee ee paR StR 87 Auxiliary Configuration nti aa dees a a T E E a E tian 89 PID Control Configuration sser iets eae Ba Gee eae aie 92 Auto Cycling Configurations isie dest acini Wiesel nity esl ice nei isp lee eid aia 100 6 15 1 OL A LA AAEE EAE S E O E 100 6 15 2 Accessing Auto Cycle M n ecserin e i earran 100 6 15 3 Auto Cycling ConfiguratiOn is ecrisiesereseicciitiearree Cestvcceanee cabs eee E S EEEE NE 101 6 15 4 pH Auto Cycling Configuration Example eeeessseeseeeeeseeeresessresresrrsresresrrsserrissresresreet 103 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 6 16 Variables Comfi guration s s cs rcccgsecrsctesect saceeasedanvestedeteest pasteasgeuaptaveassasnsaadsie EE aN E EEA Eee 105 6 17 Communication Configuration cee ceeceecsseessneseeeeeeeseecsaecsecsaecssecseesseeseeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeenaes 106 6 18 Maintenance Configuration 2 cc i2 tescdeceteiecettes e Ea EE EE REE e 108 7 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS WIRING ccccccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 114 BPA SOVELVICW cess Sats n
240. s used to simulate 22AWG coax The resistance of each available gauge choice in copper wire 1s 16 AWG 4 0 ohms per 1000 feet 18 AWG 6 4 ohms per 1000 feet 20 AWG 10 2 ohms per 1000 feet Use 18 AWG values for Input Configuration and calculations 22 AWG 16 1 ohms per 1000 feet Use 20 AWG values for Input Configuration and calculations For example suppose extension cables between the cell and Analyzer consist of 200 feet of 22 gauge coax and 500 feet of 18 gauge coax The cell has the TC head option 500 ft of 18 AWG coax 200 ft of 22 AWG coax moo Honeywell Junction Conductivity Cell Box Figure 15 2 Example of a Conductivity Loop 202 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices Because there are two different types of wire used in each lead to the cell in this example the total lead resistance is calculated as follows Note the analyzer accounts for the fact that there is always a pair of conductor wires in the system loop 0 5 x 6 4 0 2 x 10 2 5 24 ohms Since the analyzer only allows entry of one wire gauge type we allow for the worst case condition by dividing the total resistance by the resistance per thousand feet of the higher resistance gauge wire In our example this would be 5 24 ohms 10 2 ohms per thousand feet of 22 AWG wire 514 feet Therefore in our example we would use the procedure in Table 6 5 and specify the wire gauge as 20 AWG and the len
241. se the sample calibration method rather than air calibration if any of the following conditions apply e The air is below freezing 32 F 0 C or hot above 104 F 40 C or very dry below 20 relative humidity e The probe is mounted such that it is much easier to measure the concentration of the DO in the water independently than to expose the probe to air Such mounting is not recommended but is sometimes necessary e The measurement interruption for air calibration cannot be tolerated Sample calibration is usually executed by leaving the probe in the measured sample and adjusting the analyzer to agree with the sample dissolved oxygen measured with a properly calibrated portable dissolved oxygen meter whose probe is held very close to the probe of the analyzer Alternatively the probe may be removed from the measured sample and placed in a sample of known dissolved oxygen concentration Procedure Table 8 12 Calibrating a Dissolved Oxygen Probe Using Sample Calibration Method Step Action Screen 1 Power the probe for at least one hour power the probe for 24 hours if initial installation 2 Calibrate 071E 1 7 1 OLN Press Input PV Cal Input Temp Cal Output Cal Cal History 3 PV INPUT CAL Press Use AY to select Input 1 or 2 DO Cal January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 169 Input Calibration Step Action Screen 4 Press Air Cal Reset Cal Factor Pres
242. sed as corrosion inhibitors in cooling towers and in metal finishing operations including bright dip conversion coating and chrome plating Necessity for removal of chromium ion from wastewater The wastewater form rinse tanks dumps and cooling tower blowdown contains toxic soluble chromium ion cr which must be removed typically to a level less than 0 5 ppm before discharge Technique for chrome removal The technique most often used for this chrome removal is a two stage chemical treatment process The first stage lowers the pH and adds the reducing agent to convert the chrome from soluble Cr to Cr The second stage neutralizes the wastewater forming insoluble chromium hydroxide which can then be removed Consistent treatment and stable control in this type of process requires well mixed reaction tanks with enough volume for adequate retention time see Figure 15 5 Retention time is calculated by dividing the filled or usable tank volume by the waste flowrate Typically it is ten minutes or more NOTE The separate pH and ORP measurements and control shown in the first stage may be handled with a single UDA2182 Analyzer with combined input dB ore geamae sails eral i CHROME ETTU REDUCTION NEUTRALIZATION S NG SLUDGE Figure 15 5 Chrome Treatment System 208 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Appendices First Stage of Chrome Rem
243. seeeseeeees 208 15 6 Appendix E Two cell Applications ccc eecccceeccecsseceeseeceeaceceeeeecaeceeaeeceeeeecsaeeseaeceeaeeceaees 212 15 7 Appendix F Using a Precision Check Resistor For Conductivity ccc ceeeeseeeseceeeeeseeees 216 15 8 Appendix G Noise Testing Dissolved Oxygen Application eee eseeseeseceeceteeeeeeees 218 15 9 Appendix H DO Probe and Analyzer Tests 0 ce cesceeceseceseceeeeseecaecesecnaeceaeeeseeeseeeeeeees 219 15 10 Appendix I Parameters Affecting Dissolved Oxygen Measurement eseeseeseeeeeees 222 15 11 Appendix J Discussion on Chemical Interferences on Measured DO Currents 223 15 12 Appendix K Percent Saturation Readout cece eeecsseceseceseceseceseeeeeeeseeeaeecaaecaesnaeenaeees 225 viii UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 15 13 Appendix L Leak Detection in PPB Applications 0 0 0 cee ceeceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeneeeaaees 226 15 14 Appendix M Procedure for Low Level ppb Dissolved Oxygen Testing eee 227 15 15 Appendix N Sample Tap Electrode Mounting Recommendations eeseeseeeseeeteees 229 15 16 Appendix O Auto Clean and Auto Cal Examples 00 0 0 ceccescesceeeceseeeeeeseeensecnaeenaeenaeees 231 15 17 Appendix P AutoClean and AutoCal Theory and Piping 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeenaees 234 T1721 AutoCal S quence and Papin ees sesviecstesc ge ceessginnteseestesesdene
244. so that its reading matches the meter ATTENTION When a Durafet IIl pH electrode is replaced its electrode calibration data needs to be updated by the UDA2182 Analyzer This is done either by power cycling the analyzer or using the restart screen Using the restart screen Press Action Repeatedly until the One Input or Two Inputs display screen appears You will see Was probe replaced AV tochange to to restart the UDA UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration 8 5 2 Calibrating pH Electrodes Using Automatic Buffer recognition Analyzer stores information on multiple buffers The UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer contains in its permanent memory information on several commonly used buffer solution standards in three groups including the pH versus temperature characteristics of each By command the instrument will automatically select one of these buffers in the selected group and use its values in the calibration process Automatic checks are included to ensure that reasonable and correct values are entered The procedure for using the automatic buffer recognition feature in an actual calibration is provided in Table 8 2 The standard pH Buffer values are listed in Table 8 1 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 141 Input Calibration Calibration functions Calibrating the pH Offset Standardization In auto buffer re
245. ss temperature is shown in the upper right of the screen The lower right portion of the screen shows the USP stage 1 purified water limit the stage 2 limit of 2 1 uS cm and the stage 3 purified water test limit at the measured pH When the Pharma n display window is active the various stages can be accessed through the pharma op panel Table 5 6 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Operating the Analyzer Table 5 6 Selecting the Pharma Test on Display Press Action 0 g to access the Pharma Op Panel A pop up dialog box will appear Pharma Test Stage 1 PCT Warn 80 00 Various parameters appear for each stage Parameter Values Visibility Pharma Test Selection Stage 1 Always on Stage 2 Stage 3 Pure H20 PhEur only Pct Warning at 0 to 100 Stage 1 only which the test warn occurs Test pS cm 0 to 10 default 10 Stage 2 only Test pH 0 to 14 default 0 Stage 3 only to access the Stage selection to change the selection to Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 or Pure H2O PhEur only g g to make the selection permanent to select Pct Warning Stage 1 only to access the Pct Warning Value and allow editing to select a value g to make the selection permanent to select Test uS cm After Stage 2 is selected 9 to access the Test uS cm Value to select a value g to make the selection p
246. ssage will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen Refer to Table 12 2 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 153 Input Calibration 8 6 3 ORP Calibration Using Voltage Input A A 154 Calibrates Analyzer only The procedure described in this sub section calibrates the Analyzer only It does not involve compensating for electrode drift Instead a known millivolt signal is applied to the analyzer input terminals in place of the signal from the electrode and the UDA2182 is adjusted so that its reading matches the known input ATTENTION This procedure can only be used when measuring ORP only Materials The materials required to calibrate the Analyzer using a voltage input are e A source of a known millivolt signal e A screwdriver to fit the Analyzer input terminal screws and the terminal retainer Procedure Make sure you have selected PV Type ORP in the Inputs configuration Table 6 5 Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing To calibrate the ORP Analyzer using Voltage Input follow the instructions in Table 8 7 WARNING This procedure should be performed by qualified personnel only Disconnect the power before opening the instrument case A potentially lethal shock hazard exists inside the case if the unit is opened while powered More than one switch may be required to disconnect power Table 8 7 Procedure for Calibrating ORP Analyzer Using Voltage I
247. sssssssesssessesen 124 MOnt T 2 co Aaiaoe int 82 PH et avene ne ree ten nae nn PIPER LG 162 Monitor SLALUS airs sos E ETE 42 OH Offset adjustment o cccccccccccccccccsssssssssssseeeeeeeee 138 Monitor Type snis in nee eave ane 82 pH ORP 62 Monitors Configuration ecceeeceeeseeeeereeeseeeeeeeeees 82 pH Preamp input Card 64 MOUNN sisiane aeaaaee r Ea 7 9 10 OH ORP Calibration 137 N PH ORP Calibration issis erii niret siu seisa 136 Noise Testing Dissolved Oxygen Application 215 ane EAEE tragsh thea iotaahes a O Pharma Displays cick eriari 33 Pharma Fail Messages seeren 192 Ai A Pee E aro ee A Pharma Fail Signal c cccscssscssssssssssssssssssssssseseeeeeeee 36 a a PHARMA n PH OVERRANGE TTU 192 Offset Underran S ree A ee Oe eee hae 191 PHARMA n PH UNDERRANGE nsee 192 On Off control e E ee A P 76 PHARMA n PV LIMIT WARN ossee 192 On Off output E S E PHARMA n PV OVERLIMIT o e 192 On Delay P 84 82 87 PHARMA n TEMP OVERRANGE seee 192 lee te eee sree eo re 7 PHARMA n TEMP UNDERRANGE 192 Online Funct Be ee e PA ene PHARMA n TIMER ACTIVE 192 hline FUNCTIONS s herisit lends wie eae 24 Ph PV High 70 Operating Conditions eceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeteeeenees 5 Sas PVL A e a a ies ae a 70 Operating the AnalyZet ccccceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeee 20 Aiden Tie ea a a a a a 70 anus erlo AEE ETET l Phaimacoposia EF AIIE aane eeoa a 60 E A a A Bharnacoooea T WHINING ae a 60 ORP Calibration Using Referen
248. stesssneterseged eeteadvestieeevibies 235 INDEX E E E T 239 3 08 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual Tables Table 3 1 Procedure for Unpacking and Preparing the UDA2182 Table 3 2 Panel Mounting Procedure Table 4 1 Procedure for installing AC Power Wiring Table 5 1 Function of Keys Table 5 2 Display Details Functions Table 5 3 Changing PID Parameters on the Display Table 5 4 Manually Starting Stopping the Auto Cycle Table 5 5 Conditional Sequencer Steps for Auto Cycle Table 5 6 Selecting the Pharma Test on Display Table 5 7 Status Display Details Table 6 1 Basic Configuration Procedure Table 6 2 Signal Sources Table 6 3 Analog Signal Sources Table 6 4 Digital Signal Sources Table 6 5 Input Configuration Table 6 6 Outputs Configuration Table 6 7 Relays Configuration Table 6 8 Alarms Configuration Table 6 9 Monitors Configuration Table 6 10 Math Configuration Table 6 11 Logic Configuration Table 6 12 Auxiliary Configuration Table 6 13 PID Configuration Table 6 14 PID Tuning Table 6 15 PID Alarms Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration Table 6 17 Example Auto Cycling Configuration for pH Table 6 18 Variables Configuration Table 6 19 Communication Configuration Table 6 20 Maintenance Configuration Table 7 1 Recommended Maximum Wire Size Table 7 2 Procedure for installing Input and Output wiring Table 8 1 Standard pH Buffer Values Table 8 2 Calibrating pH Electrodes Using Automatic Buffer Recognition
249. sure Cal Pressure Offset Reset Prs Offset Bias Scan Bias Volts Reset Bias Volts Use AY to select Sample Cal 5 e Put the unit in Hold mode if required 6 Enter Place probe in sample Press Enter Immerse the probe in the sample Follow the prompts at the top of known DO concentration and and bottom of the screen wait until the DO reading is stable Press Enter when stable 7 Once the reading is stable Change to sample value Use the arrow keys to change press the displayed value to match the value of the known sample DO concentration Enter to save when the value displayed equals the known sample DO concentration Exit to cancel 8 Enter Cal Complete Press Enter This screen gives you an option to exit or recalibrate Press ENTER to recalibrate Press EXIT to return to Input Cal Screen Press 10 If the calibration fails an error Error Messages message will be displayed across the bottom stripe of the screen Cal Factor Overrange Cal Factor Underrange Make necessary adjustments See Table 12 2 and re calibrate 170 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Input Calibration Calibrating the Integral Pressure Sensor Introduction The concentration of oxygen dissolved in air saturated water depends on the barometric pressure This dependence is automatically compensated for during air calibr
250. sured sample and adjusting the Analyzer to agree with the sample dissolved oxygen measured with a properly calibrated portable dissolved oxygen meter whose probe is held very close to the process probe For those situations where sample calibration is preferred it is recommended that an Air Calibration be performed before the probe is put into service It is also good practice to Air Calibrate the probe once every 2 4 months of service Pressure Compensation The concentration of oxygen dissolved in air saturated water depends on the air pressure This dependence is automatically compensated for during air calibration using a pressure sensor built into the Analyzer The purpose of the pressure calibration is to insure that the atmospheric oxygen level is known at the time of air calibration Pressure compensation is only employed at the time of Air Calibration In this section there is also a procedure for running a Probe Bias Scan Do s and Don ts for Dissolved Oxygen Calibration 166 Do check the key parameters on the Display screen before performing an air calibration for the first time The parameters should be within the following ranges Pressure 500 to 800 mmHg Salinity 0 0 if not being used Temperature should be a stable reading Don t perform a probe bias test while the probe is in normal measurement service Don t perform an air calibration while the probe is in either the ppm or ppb process water Don t perform
251. surface and is more subject to coating than gold Note that the solubility of gold in cyanide solutions does not present a problem as it is in contact primarily with cyanide In fact a slight loss of gold serves to keep the electrode clean Second Stage of Cyanide Destruction 206 Neutralize and further oxidize cyanate The wastewater is neutralized in order to promote additional oxidation and to meet the discharge pH limits Typically sulfuric acid is added to lower the pH to about 8 5 At this pH the second oxidation occurs more rapidly A A WARNING Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or serious injury An interlock must be provided to prevent the addition of acid before the positive oxidation of ALL cyanide Failure to observe this precaution can result in the generation of highly toxic hydrogen cyanide Additional chlorine or sodium hypochlorite NaOCl can be added in proportion to that added in the first stage or by separate ORP control to complete the oxidation to sodium bicarbonate NaHCOs in the following reaction 2NaCNO 3NaOCl H O gt 2NaHCO N 3NaCl ORP control in the second stage is very similar to that in the first stage except that the control point is near 600 mV Control of pH in the second stage is more difficult than in the first stage because the control point is closer to the sensitive neutral area Proportional type pH control is often used Removal of suspended me
252. t Monitor blocks can be used for ON OFF type control or in conjunction with switch and math blocks to change process gain based upon control regions The Monitor block provides a hysteresis value limit output transitions near the set point value The Monitor block can be configured as either a High or Low Monitor type There are four monitor blocks provided for general use Unlike Alarms Monitor blocks do not create an event in the event history nor do they cause a status message to appear on the display Accessing Monitors Menu Press to display the Main menu Use the AV keys to select Monitors then press to enter the sub menu Press AY to highlight the desired Monitor selection then press to display the group of parameters Refer to Section 6 4 1 General Rules for Editing Table 6 9 Monitors Configuration See Table 6 3 Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Monitor 1 Monitor Type High default Alarm actions may be High or Low Monitor 2 Low See NOTE 2 on next page Monitor 3 Monitor 4 Source Any Analog Signal Analog Signal Source Process signal to be monitored by the Alarm Any analog source such as PV Temperature Pharma Math Function Generator Switch PID or Calculated Values units of measure between the two input boards must be similar Setpoint Value 0 to 99999 9 in Engineering Units default 0 000 Setpoint Value in Engin
253. t beyond which you do not want the automatic output to go below 94 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration PIDB Duplex A Duplex B Note In PID A a step change in setpoint will result in a step change in output In PID B step changes in setpoint will not bump the output the output will slew smoothly to the new value Sub menu Parameter Selection or Parameter Definition selection Range of Setting Control Alg PIDA default PID A is normally used for 3 mode control The output can be adjusted somewhere between 100 and 0 It applies all three control actions Proportional P Integral I and Derivative D to the error signal PID B Unlike the PID A equation the analyzer gives only an integral response to a setpoint change with no effect on the output due to the Gain or Rate action and gives full response to PV changes DUPA like PID A but provides an automatic method to switch tuning constant sets DUPB like PID B but provides an automatic method to switch tuning constant sets Note For Duplex A and Duplex B if the output is greater than 50 then tuning set 1 is used If the output is less than 50 then tuning set 2 is used Control Action Direct Reverse default DIRECT PID action causes output to increase as process variable increases REVERSE PID action causes output to decrease as process variable increases
254. tal hydroxides Following the second stage a settling tank and or a filter can be used to remove suspended metal hydroxides However further treatment may be required to lower concentrations of some metals below their hydroxide solubilities UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 A Appendices Batch Treatment Sequence of steps Continuous treatment is shown in Figure 15 3 However all of the reactions can be achieved with semi automatic batch control Only a single tank with a pH controller and an ORP controller are required The steps are sequenced and the pH and ORP setpoints are changed to give the same results as for the continuous treatment Caustic is added to raise pH to 11 then hypochlorite is added to raise the ORP potential to about 450 mV while more caustic is added as required to maintain 11 pH WARNING Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or serious injury An interlock must be provided to prevent the addition of acid before the positive oxidation of ALL cyanide Failure to observe this precaution can result in the generation of highly toxic hydrogen cyanide Then the acid can be added to neutralize the batch and further oxidation will complete the cyanate to carbonate conversion A settling period can then be used to remove solids or the batch can be pumped directly to another settling tank or pond ORP Potential a Measure of Status of Reaction Cyanide is reduc
255. tates the Modbus RTU slave ID Baud Rate Value Baud Rate set for RS485 Word Swap Yes No Word Swap indicates whether the word order set for Modbus Communications is Little Endian NO or Big Endian YES MACadar Hi Value MACaddr Hi and MACaddr Low is the MAC address MACaddr Low of the Communication card DHCP Yes No DHCP indicates whether Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used DHCP is a protocol used by network devices clients to obtain various parameters necessary for the clients to operate in an Internet Protocol IP network IPaddr Value IPaddr gives the IP address of the Communication card SubnetMsk Value SubnetMsk indicates the Subnet mask used by the Communication card Gateway Value Gateway Indicates the default Gateway IP address used by the Communication card DnsSrvr Value DnsSrvr displays the DNS Domain Name Service server IP address used by the Communication card SMTPsrvr Value SMTPsrvr displays the SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol server IP address used by the Communication card Auto Cycling Next Rinse 1 Date and Time Read Only The Status Displays menu includes an R Next Rinse 2 Auto Cycling selection when any auto cycle is enabled if Next Cal 1 and its cycle timer is also enabled This display configured Next Cal 2 provides information on the next occurrences of rinses and calibrations for any auto cycle with timer according to the configured cycle count of each operation 44 UDA2182 Universal Dua
256. tatus will clear when an appropriate buffer 2 value is selected As an error message will abort calibration and preserve original slope value Resulting pH offset standardization value is less than 2 pH after pH slope calibration Calibration is aborted and original pH offset and slope values are preserved Resulting pH offset standardization value is greater than 2 pH after pH slope calibration Calibration is aborted and original pH offset and slope values are preserved Resulting pH slope is less than 80 Calibration is aborted and original slope value is preserved SLOPE OVERRANGE Resulting pH slope is greater than 105 Calibration is aborted and original slope value is preserved CAL FACTOR UNDERRANGE Resulting DO calibration factor is less than 0 001268 DO calibration is aborted and original calibration factor is preserved CAL FACTOR OVERRANGE Resulting DO calibration factor is greater than 0 040580 DO calibration is aborted and original calibration factor is preserved PROBE CURRENT TOO LOW DO probe current is less than 5 pA DO bias scan is aborted and original bias voltage is preserved PROBE CURRENT TOO HIGH DO probe current exceeds the greater of 133 of the probe current at last successful calibration or 160 A During DO bias scan scan is aborted and original bias voltage is preserved READINGS UNSTABLE DO air PV or temperature readings too unstable for successful air calibr
257. ted timing control and functionality for the cleaning and calibration of input probes Variables Analog Table 6 3 and Digital Table 6 4 selections can be read and written remotely using Modbus function codes You are setting up the initial values for the variables when power is applied to the UDA Refer to Table 6 18 for an Example Communication Configuration Table 6 19 configure IR Front Panel Modbus RS485 and Ethernet Maintenance Configuration Table 6 20 Configure System read the Software version configured Language selected Mains Frequency and PID Control Selections enter a Password and reset the Unit Input 1 and Input 2 configure Input types Conductivity units type wire size and wire length and temperature Units Display setup the Main Display Header and Clear Event and Cal Histories Tag Names configure tag name strings for input names on single channel main display Auto Cycle display header Pharma display header PID display header Alarm names to appear in status and event history Clock set real time clock date time date format and time format Tests run Display and Keyboard tests read Output levels and read Relay States UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 4 Basic Configuration Procedure Introduction 6 4 1 Each of the Set Up groups and their functions are pre configured at the factory If you want to change any of these
258. ter manual mode is terminated the output will remain at the level because the output is tied to TRV ATTENTION Upgrading software on the UDA2182 to a new version will remove PID control on units where PID has been ordered or been added in the Field Therefore the following steps need to be followed in order to retrieve that option If PID was ordered when the unit was originally ordered e Retrieve your Unit ID by going to the MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu e Call GTS 1 800 423 9883 Inform them that you are going to do a software upgrade and you need the Option ID for your unit this is why you need the Unit ID Record Option ID for next step e After upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and enter the recorded OPTION ID value The PID will have to be reconfigured to settings prior to upgrade If PID was added after the unit was originally shipped e Before upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and record the OPTION ID value e After upgrading software go to MAINTENANCE gt SYSTEM menu and enter the recorded OPTION ID value The PID will have to be reconfigured to settings prior to upgrade January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 93 Configuration Accessing Control Menu See Maintenance Menu item Section 6 18 System selection to Enable PID Control e Press to display the Main menu e Use the AV keys to select PID Control then p
259. the hub is connected to the enclosure Avoid damage to components ATTENTION This equipment contains devices that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge ESD As solid state technology advances and as solid state devices get smaller and smaller they become more and more sensitive to ESD The damage incurred may not cause the device to fail completely but may cause early failure Therefore it is imperative that assemblies containing static sensitive devices be carried in conductive plastic bags When adjusting or performing any work on such assemblies grounded workstations and wrist straps must be used If soldering irons are used they must also be grounded A grounded workstation is any conductive or metallic surface connected to an earth ground such as a water pipe with a 1 2 to 1 megohm resistor in series with the ground connection The purpose of the resistor is to current limit an electrostatic discharge and to prevent any shock hazard to the operator The steps indicated above must be followed to prevent damage and or degradation which may be induced by ESD to static sensitive devices Immunity compliance A In applications where either the power input or output wiring are subject to electromagnetic disturbances shielding techniques will be required Grounded metal conduit with conductive conduit fittings is recommended January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 115 Inputs and Outputs Wiring Conform t
260. the left then slide the terminal board back into place Slide retainer to engage the tabs and tighten the screws 9 Close the Bezel and secure four captive screws to a torque value of 20Nm 1 5 Lb in Power up the unit Do not apply power until the bezel is closed Note 1 If set to de energize on alarm this means that when an alarm occurs or the discrete control point becomes active the relay coil will be de energized The NC contacts will then be closed and the NO contacts will be open Conversely during normal non alarm operation or when the control point is not active the NC contacts will be open and the NO contacts will be closed If de energize on alarm is selected a power loss will force all relays to the same position as an alarm condition January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 119 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 4 Direct pH ORP Input Wiring Diagrams Durafet II Cable shield yellow to chassis ground screw Wire Signal Color Name Green Green with Black stripe Blue Drain Orange Source Red J1 Substrate Black Reference White with Black stripe 7 Counter gpecee ogee s te Sons ace Orange with Black stripe Remove pre wired jumper at Red with Black stripe terminals 5 amp 6 i White ety A E Black with White stripe Blue with Black stripe Figure 7 2 Terminal Designations for Durafet Ill Electrode 120 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009
261. tion PV pH DO and a 20 second measurement time 102 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration default 0 50 Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition and Restrictions selection of Setting Resume Dly Mins 0 to 30 00 Process resume delay in minutes 6 15 4 pH Auto Cycling Configuration Example The example in Table 6 17 configures the UDA to perform a rinse function once per day at 8 00 AM and once per week perform a 1 point Standardization using 7 buffer Then once every 4 weeks perform a complete 2 point Standardize amp Slope using 7 buffer and 4 buffer Also assume that the sensor is retracted from the sample line during the rinse and cal not required Table 6 17 Example Auto Cycling Configuration for pH Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition and Restrictions selection of Setting Auto Cycle 1 Auto Cycling Enable Allows auto cycling to be selected This Auto Cycle 2 should be enabled after configuration is complete Hold Active Enable When enabled the output s sourced by input n for Auto Clean nis in hold during auto cycling Probe Transit Enable When enabled allows probe extract and probe insert sequence steps to occur and automated probe extract and insert parameters are made available Cycle Start Source None Extract Wait Src Digital Signal 1 This is the end
262. tion Configuration Operation and Troubleshooting of your UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Contacts World Wide Web The following lists Honeywell s World Wide Web sites that will be of interest to our customers Honeywell Organization WWW Address URL Corporate http www honeywell com Honeywell Field Solutions http www honeywell com ps Technical tips http content honeywell com ipc faq Telephone Contact us by telephone at the numbers listed below Organization Phone Number United States and Canada Honeywell 1 800 423 9883 Tech Support 1 800 525 7439 Service January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual Symbol Definitions The following table lists those symbols used in this document to denote certain conditions Symbol Definition This CAUTION symbol on the equipment refers you to the Product Manual for additional information This symbol appears next to required information in the manual WARNING PERSONAL INJURY Risk of electrical shock This symbol warns you of a potential shock hazard where HAZARDOUS LIVE voltages greater than 30 Vrms 42 4 Vpeak or 60 VDC may be accessible Failure to comply with these instructions could result in death or serious injury ATTENTION Electrostatic Discharge ESD hazards Observe precautions for handling electrostatic sensitive devices gt Protective Earth PE terminal Provided for connection of the protective earth green or green yell
263. to chassis ground screw Yellow Au Cell Low HRI Earth Ground Wire to chassis ground screw Figure 7 15 Terminal Designations for Conductivity Cells with Quick Disconnect 130 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 7 7 Dissolved Oxygen Wire Signal ere een eee a Color Name Cable shield Blue to chassis ground screw Clear Green f62J9 Reference Red rele Anode Black far Guard Yellow 5 5 RTH Low Orange RTH High Wire to chassis ground screw Older Dissolved Oxygen probes may have a White Black Guard wire instead of a Black Guard wire Earth Ground Some cables have connectors on the leads Cut off the connectors skin and tin the leads and then wire to the screw terminals on the boards Figure 7 16 Terminal Designations for Dissolved Oxygen with Integral Cable CAUTION When installing the probe the wiring must be done in the order shown below even if the analyzer is not powered This is because the DO Input card is continuously supplying a voltage bias to the terminals Connecting Blue Shield wire first then in this order Red Green Coax clear Guard Black Yellow Orange Disconnecting Go in reverse Orange first Yellow Guard Black Coax clear Green Red Blue Shield Wire January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 131 Inputs and Outputs Wiring 132 Cable shield Violet to chassis
264. to pk 15 200 Hz accel 2G Standard Analog Output Two 0 20 mAdc or 4 20 mAdc 750 ohms max isolated from inputs ground and each other Independently field assignable to any parameters and ranges Proportional to user set output range s of selected parameter s Optional Analog Output One 0 20 mAdc or 4 20 mAdc 750 ohms max isolated from inputs ground and each other Independently field assignable to any parameters and ranges January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 5 Specifications UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Control Loop Outputs Control Loops 2 standard one for each PV current pulse frequency or time proportional Control Loop Types PID optional Duplex optional On Off standard Auto tuning Accutune Il fuzzy logic overshoot suppression applicable to both PID loops Standard Alarm Control Relays Two SPDT Form C Relays Resistive Load Rating 4A 120 240 Vac Optional Additional Alarm Control Relays Two SPDT Form C Relays Resistive Load Rating 4A 120 240 Vac Alarm Control Settings Alarm on off control delay 0 100 seconds Alarm on off control deadbands individually set from 1 count to full scale for pH ORP and temperature On off cycle period 0 to 1000 seconds On off percent on time 0 to 100 1 resolution Set point and proportional band limit ranges 19 99 pH 1999 mV 10 to 130 C 1 count resolution D
265. tory Screen Power Requirements Calibration history screen stores information on 128 calibration events with a date time stamp 90 264 Vac 47 63 Hz 15 VA Memory retained by E 7PROM when power is off Wireless Interface Type Infrared IR Length of Link 0 1 M 0 15 Offset Baud Rate 9600 Data Format Modbus Protocol RS422 RS485 Modbus RTU Slave Communications Interface Optional Baud Rate 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 selectable Data Format IEEE floating point and 32 bit integer Word swap configurable Length of Link 2000 ft 600 m max with Belden 9271 Twinax Cable and 120 ohm termination resistors 4000 ft 1200 m max with Belden 8227 Twinax Cable and 100 ohm termination resistors Link Characteristics Two wire half duplex multi drop Modbus RTU protocol 15 drops maximum or up to 31 drops for shorter link length Modbus RTU slave Provides monitoring of inputs outputs statuses alarms and variables Provides writing of variables for remotely modifying parameter settings UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Ethernet TCP IP Type 10 or 100 BaseT auto speed and auto polarity sensing Communications Interface Length of Link 330 ft 100 m maximum Use Shielded twisted pair Category 5 STP CATS Ethernet Optional cable Link Characteristics Four wire plus shield single drop five hops maximum IP
266. trode potential over time Materials The materials required to use the ORP standardization method are e A solution with a known oxidation reduction potential See Instructions for preparing solution below e A container for the solution large enough to immerse the electrode to measuring depth e Distilled or de ionized water to rinse the electrode Instructions for preparing solution To prepare an ORP standardization solution dissolve 0 1 g of quinhydrone powder in 5 cc of acetone or methyl alcohol methanol Add this to not more than 500 cc of a standard pH reference solution buffer about 1 part saturated quinhydrone to 100 parts buffer solution The oxidation potential of this solution is listed below for several temperatures The polarity sign shown is that of the measuring element with respect to the reference element These solutions are unstable and should be used within eight hours of preparation All mV values in Table 8 5 have a 30 mV tolerance January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 151 Input Calibration Table 8 5 Oxidation Reduction Potential of Reference Solutions at Specified Temperature pH Buffer Solution Temperature Honeywell Part Number 20 C 25 C 30 C 4 01 25 C 31103001 267 mV 263 mV 259 mV 6 86 25 C 31103002 100 mV 7 00 25 C not available from Honeywell 9 00 25 C not available from Honeywell Procedure Make sure you have selected
267. trol Alarms See Table 6 15 PID Alarms PID 1 Alm 2 PID Control 1 Alarm 2 PID 2 Alm 1 PID Control 2 Alarm 1 PID 2 Alm 2 PID Control 2 Alarm 2 AC 1 Extract Auto Cycle 1 Probe Auto Cycle 1 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Extraction See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 1 Rinse Auto Cycle 1 Probe Auto Cycle 1 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Rinse See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC1 Cal Auto Cycle 1 Auto Cycle 1 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Calibration Point 1 See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 1 Cal 2 Auto Cycle 1 Auto Cycle 1 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Calibration Point 2 See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 1 Fail Auto Cycle 1 Failure Auto Cycle 1 Failure is active whenever an Auto Cycle 1 failure occurs Auto Cycle 1digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 2 Extract Auto Cycle 2 Probe Auto Cycle 2 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Extraction See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 2 Rinse Auto Cycle 2 Probe Auto Cycle 2 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Rinse See Table 6 16 Auto Cycling Configuration AC 2 Cal Auto Cycle 2 Auto Cycle 2 digital output Cycle Start Source configuration selection Calibration Point 1 S
268. ts Input 1 PV Input 1 Temp Input 2 PV Input 2 Temp Pharma Out 1 Pharma Out 2 Parameters in Control 1 Control 2 Math 1 2 3 4 Output 1 2 3 So in the SETUP OUTPUT menu for the SOURCE and Hi Range and Low Range values these look at the units of that source If retransmitting a pH input the Hi Range and Low Range values would normally be set to 14 pH and 0 pH 14 pH 100 output and 0 pH 0 output But if the output is to go to a valve to open the valve or operate a pump through a range of 0 100 open and has a SOURCE of CONTROL 1 then the units of the CONTROL 1 output is in units of so in the SETUP OUTPUT menu the High Range and Low Range would be in units January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 75 Configuration 6 8 Relays Configuration Overview Programming the relays consists of selecting the relay type identifying the input parameter which activates the relay and selecting whether the relay is energized when the input parameter is on or off The Relay group lets you select a relay type for up to four relays When planning relay operation it is wise to consider the state of the relay when power is not applied to the UDA The invert parameter of the relay configuration is helpful in assuring that the Off device state is consistent with the relay normal operation Each relay output can be independently configured to be one of four basic types A Digital Output Relay allows con
269. ts the pulse duration This value should be default 5 less than the cycle time for proper operation Typically this value is used to control the pulse duration for the finial output control element January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 79 Configuration S Sub menu Parameter Selection or Range Parameter Definition selection of Setting Relay 1 Pulse Output relay will provide a fixed duty cycle when the applied input signal is ON The Relay 2 cycle time and pulse duration are configurable parameters The relay will be OFF when the Relay 3 applied input is OFF An inverse parameter allows the input to be inverted for reverse Relay 4 behavior Source Any Digital Signal PV Source Pulse Output See Table 6 4 Control Relay Invert Enable The digital output relays invert parameter can Disable default be used to allow direct invert disabled or reverse invert enabled control actuation Cycle Time 0 to 999 Cycle time is that time period in seconds default 10 0 between relay activations On Time 0 to 999 The time in seconds that the relay is On during each default 5 0 cycle when the input to the Pulse Output is ON When the Input to the Pulse output is OFF the relay is not activated 80 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 9 Alarms Configuration Overview Alarm 1 through 4 Alarm selections can be connected to any Analo
270. ty and KO m for resistivity The ISO system of conductivity measurement uses units of meters and in the UDA are specifically uS m mS m and S m for conductivity and KQ m for resistivity The conductivity Units Type selected here affects the PV Type selections available under Setup Inputs pH Preamp n Selection of units type will scale all live conductivity and Resistivity readings on monitor and input calibration screens according to the factors listed NIST ISO ISO NIST factor us cm uS m 0 01 uS cm mS m 10 S m 10 KQ m 0 1 mS cm MQ cm Cond Wire Size AWG default Sq mm Wire Size Units allows selection of either AWG or Square millimeters Sqmm When changing units the wire size parameter value is not converted A pop up message warns you of this Cond Wire Len Feet default Meters Wire Length Units allows selection of either meters or feet for the Wire Length parameter in the Inputs group When changing units the wire length parameter value is not converted A pop up message warns you of this If the value is no longer within range it will change to closest range limit Cation Calc None pH NH3 pH Amines ppbCOz None Ammonia pH Specific conductivity temperature compensation assumes Ammonia NH3 is the base reagent Amine pH Specific conductivity temperature compensation assuming a generic amine base COz2 det
271. uct Manual January 2009 Outputs Calibration Procedure Table 9 1 Procedure for Calibrating Analyzer Outputs Step Action Screen 1 Turn off the power to the Analyzer More than one switch may be required to disconnect power 2 With the power off open the case Loosen the four captive screws on the front of the bezel Grasp the bezel on the right side Lift the bezel gently and swing the bezel open to the left 3 Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location of the terminal board retainer Loose the screws that hold the retainer and slide the retainer right or left until the retainer tabs disengage from the terminal boards 4 Insert a screwdriver into the tab in the terminal board to be wired and pull Slide the board half way out Refer to Figure 7 1 for the location Output 1 and 2 Power Supply Analog Output Relay Output card Output 3 Option card There is a notch in the terminal board into which you can slide the retainer tabs and hold the boards in place while wiring 5 Label and remove the field wiring from the output terminals Output 1 Terminals 12 and 13 Output 2 Terminals 10 and 11 Output 3 Terminals 14 and 15 6 Feeding the test wiring through the conduit hole in the case and connect the appropriate type meter to the specific output terminals Be sure to observe the correct polarity Slide the Input board back and close the case and power up the unit Do not apply
272. ue Sq Root Square Root Output SqRoot Input Input gt 0 Output 0 Input lt 0 Abs Value Absolute Value If Input gt 0 then Output Input If Input lt 0 then Output Input Any Analog Signal Analog Signal Source Process signal to be monitored See Table 6 3 by the Alarm Any analog source such as PV Temperature Pharma Math Function Generator Switch PID or Calculated Values units of measure between the two input boards must be similar Source 99999 to For Linear Math Types Gain multiplier for Calculation 99999 9 in Output Gain Input Offset Engineering Units default 1 000 Gain 99999 to Linear Only 99999 9 in Engineering Units default 0 000 For Linear Math Types Offset for Calculation Offset 99999 to Output Gain Input Offset 99999 9 in Linear Only Engineering Units default 0 000 Filter Time 0 to 120 A software digital filter is provided for dampening the default 0 0 process noise and is applied before the limit functions The units are in time constant seconds 86 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual January 2009 Configuration 6 12 Logic Configuration Overview The Logic group has four selections Logicl Logic 2 Logic 3 and Logic 4 Logic selections have 2 input sources A and B and a selection for the Logic Type AND OR or LATCH The sources can be any Digital Signal Source Table 6 4 Accessing Logic Menu e Press to display the Main menu e
273. urafet II Electrode with External Preamplifier Figure 7 12 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode with Cap Adapter Figure 7 13 Terminal Designations for Durafet III Electrode with Cap Adapter Figure 7 14 Terminal Designations for Conductivity with Integral Cable Figure 7 15 Terminal Designations for Conductivity Cells with Quick Disconnect Figure 7 16 Terminal Designations for Dissolved Oxygen with Integral Cable Figure 7 17 Terminal Designations for Dissolved Oxygen with Quick Disconnect Option Figure 7 18 Terminal Designations for Communications Card Figure 7 19 Terminal Designations for Power Analog Output and Relay Output Figure 7 20 Terminal Designations for Option Board Figure 8 1 Resetting pH Offset and pH Slope 3 08 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 189 192 193 194 195 198 217 225 11 12 13 14 21 25 26 34 37 39 46 46 48 118 120 121 122 122 123 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 130 131 132 133 134 135 150 xi Figure 8 2 Resetting ORP Offset Figure 8 3 Resetting Calibration Trim Figure 8 4 Resetting pH Offset Figure 8 5 Display of Probe Bias Test Done in Air Figure 8 6 Resetting Pressure Offset or Bias Volts Figure 9 1 Resetting Output 1 Offsets example Figure 10 1 Resetting temperature offset Figure 15 1 Example of a Conductivity Loop Figure 15 2 Example of a Conductivity Loop Figure 15 3 Cyanide Treatment System Figure 15 4 First Stage Cyanide Oxidati
274. uration readout is selected the on line displays read in percent saturation however all the dissolved oxygen settings in the Analyzer remain in concentration units ppm or ppb Therefore percent saturation alarms output etc Should be used only if the process temperature is nearly constant For example assume it is desired to have an alarm setpoint at 75 saturation while operating at 20 C The corresponding setpoint is the 0 75 x 9 07 6 80 ppm Table 15 2 Dissolved Oxygen Solubility vs Temperature From Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater Sample Solubility Temperature ppm mg L C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 225 Appendices lt 15 13 Appendix L Leak Detection in PPB Applications 226 Before performing air leak detection it is necessary to determine that both the probe and analyzer are working properly Refer to Probe and Analyzers tests in Section 15 9 1 First check to see that the probe contains an O ring Per the probe directions an O ring must go into a probe that is used in ppb applications This creates a tight seal between the probe and flow chamber MAKE SURE THIS O RING IS IN THE PROBE Unless already in air open the probe to air for 30 seconds 3 Put it back into the process again Allow the DO to drift down to the 20 30 ppb range The 20 30 ppb range was chosen because the reading was
275. ured Calc Values if configured e Use the AY keys to highlight the Status Display required e Press to display the parameters and the status of each Figure 5 8 Status Display screen example Table 5 7 Status Display Details Status Parameter Status Status Definition Display Read Only Alarm Status Alarm 1 ON ON Latching Alarm in alarm Alarm 2 OFF Alarm 3 Acknowledge alarm by changing status to OFF Alarm 4 If status changes back to ON alarm condition still exists PID Alarm PID 1 Alm 1 ON ON PID Alarm Active PID 1 Alm 2 OFF status PID 2 Alin 1 PID alarms are not latching PID 2 Alm 2 January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 41 Operating the Analyzer Status Parameter Status Status Definition Display Read Only Logic Status Logic 1 ON Read Only Logic 2 Logic 3 Off Logic 4 Input Status In 1 Fault OK or Fail Read Only depends on the Input selected In 2 Fault OK or Fail Digital In 1 On or Off Digital In 2 On or Off Output Output 1 mA Output Level in Read Only depends on the Output type selected at Levels Output 2 mA Milliamps setup Outputs Output n Source Output 3 mA None Input 1 PV Input 2 PV Input 1 Tmp Input 2 Tmp Pharma Out 1 Pharma Out 2 Math 1 Math 2 Math 3 Math 4 Func Gen 1 Func Gen 2 Switch 1 Switch 2 Sum Difference Ratio Passage Rejection PID 1 PID 2 See Table 6 6 for configuration
276. view The UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer is the next level of dual channel analyzers providing unprecedented versatility and flexibility The analyzer can accept single or dual inputs from Honeywell Direct pH pH from preamp ORP Oxidation Reduction Potential Contacting Conductivity and Dissolved Oxygen sensors Measurement for Dual channel units can be arranged in any combination of measurement A Communications card provides one Serial Port RS485 and one Ethernet Port em no ste 24 6 C mS cm 0 327 38 8 C 20 40 Figure 5 1 UDA2182 Operator Interface all display items shown January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 21 Operating the Analyzer 5 3 Key Navigation Table 5 1 shows each key on the operator interface and defines its function Table 5 1 Function of Keys Key Function e When process values are on display Use DISPLAY to cycle between PV Displays PID Loop Displays Auto Cycle Displays Pharma Displays Cation Display Status Displays and an Event History Display e In Setup mode calibration mode or calibration edit mode use DISPLAY to abort current mode and return to the last accessed online display e Engages hold of analog and digital values at their current values and any relays assigned to alarm events or control are deactivated ATTENTION This takes precedence over the FAILSAFE function e Selects the configuration main menu when online in calibrati
277. xin ease reateeshs AET 49 Setpoint at Power UP eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteneeeeaes 94 Setpoint High Limit Value ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 93 Setpoint Low Limit Value eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaes 93 Setpoint Valt Skisse asiende iis 81 Setup Group OVErVieWw ssssseeeeeererieerirsrreerrsereeen 52 Shielded wiring for locations with interference 114 Signal SOurCeS iv eens eee eee 57 Single Display Sireenin dd Saenatiniientnaein 25 Slew TIME a reises dne ki oa aseitaan ieie 73 January 2009 Slope adjustMent ccccesceeeesseeeessneeeeesseeees 138 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode with Slope Overrange eee eeececeneeeeneeeeneeteteeteneeteneeteeees 191 Gap Adaptat ienei ann e eet 126 Slope Underrange c cccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeneees 191 Terminal Designations for Durafet II Electrode with Software version NUMDEF cceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeteteees 107 External Preamplifier ccceesceeseeeeeeeeteeees 125 Solu Temp Coeff ecer Stans 63 65 Terminal Designations for Durafet III Electrode 118 Solu Temp COMP ceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneees 63 64 69 Terminal Designations for Durafet III Electrode with Solution Temp Too High cccceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 190 Gap Adapter ennaa atten mentions 127 Solution Temp Too LOW ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteneees 190 Terminal Designations for HPW7000 System 122 123 Solution Unstable cceecceceeee
278. y The UDA can be configured for CO2 determination by degassed conductivity The cation conductivity cell is connected to Input 1 and the degassed sample conductivity cell is connected to channel 2 The UDA performs HC temperature compensation of both measurements to 25 C The difference between the cation and degassed 25 C values is taken and ppb CO is determined by ASTM D 4519 5 9 6 Access to Cation Display e When Cation Calc is enabled See Section 6 18 Maintenance Configuration press until you see PV 1 Value PV 1 Temperature Relay 3 Physical State Relay 1 Physical State J White De energized White De energized 1 3 Black Energized Black Energized ji 3 772 uS cm Calculated Water pH Specific Conductivity P Specific NH 28 4 C Output 1 Bar graph 9 1 3 P Output 3 Bar graph Output 2 Bar graph H t gt r 0 099 pS em 24 12C Pv2 Temperature PV 2 Value Cation HCI Lp 2 Relay 2 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Cation Conductivity Relay 4 Physical State White De energized Black Energized Figure 5 7 Cation Display screen example for pH calculations January 2009 UDA2182 Universal Dual Analyzer Product Manual 39 Operating the Analyzer 5 9 7 Troubleshooting 40 In normal operation both the direct electrode pH measurement and the pH from differe
279. ywell S A Phone 34 0 91313 61 00 FAX 34 0 91313 61 30 Sweden Honeywell AB Phone 46 8 775 55 00 FAX 46 8 775 56 00 Switzerland Honeywell AG Phone 41 18552448 FAX 41 1 855 24 45 Turkey Honeywell Turkey A S Phone 90 216 378 71 00 FAX 90 216 575 66 35 Ukraine Honeywell Tel 380 44 201 44 74 Fax 380 44 201 44 75 United Kingdom Honeywell Control Systems Ltd Phone 44 0 1344 655251 FAX 44 0 1344 655554 MIDDLE EAST Abu Dhabi U AE Middle East Headquarters Honeywell Middle East Ltd Phone 971 2 4041246 FAX 971 2 4432536 Sultanate of Oman Honeywell amp Co Oman LLC Phone 968 24 701153 Ext 33 FAX 968 24 787351 Saudia Arabia Honeywell Turki Arabia Ltd Jubail Office Phone 966 3 341 0140 Fax 966 3 341 0216 Honeywell ATCO Dammam Office Phone 0096638304584 Fax 0096638338059 Kuwait Honeywell Kuwait KSC Phone 965 242 1327 to 30 Fax 965 242 8315 And Phone 965 326 2934 1821 Fax 965 326 1714 AFRICA Mediterranean amp African Distributors Honeywell SpA Phone 39 02 250 10 604 FAX 39 02 250 10 659 South Africa Republic o and sub saharan Honeywell Southern Africa Honeywell S A Pty Ltd Phone 27 11 6958000 FAX 27 118051504 NORTH AMERICA Canada Honeywell LTD Phone 1 800 737 3360 FAX 1 800 565 4130 USA Honeywell Process Solutions Phone 1 800 343 0228 FAX 1 717 771 8251 Email sc cp appssales

Honeywell UDA2182 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents